Table of Contents

 
 
UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
 
Form 10-Q
 
     
þ   QUARTERLY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES
EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
for the quarterly period ended March 31, 2009 or
     
o   TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES
EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
for the transition period from                                            to                                          
Commission file number 001-15062
 
TIME WARNER INC.
(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)
     
Delaware   13-4099534
(State or other jurisdiction of   (I.R.S. Employer
incorporation or organization)   Identification No.)
One Time Warner Center
New York, NY 10019-8016
(Address of Principal Executive Offices) (Zip Code)
(212) 484-8000
(Registrant’s Telephone Number, Including Area Code)
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes þ No o
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes o No o
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):
Large accelerated filer þ
  Accelerated filer o
Non-accelerated filer o (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)
  Smaller reporting company o
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes o      No þ
     
    Shares Outstanding
Description of Class
 
as of April 21, 2009
Common Stock – $.01 par value
  1,196,452,535
 
 

 


 

TIME WARNER INC.
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
AND OTHER FINANCIAL INFORMATION
     
    Page
PART I. FINANCIAL INFORMATION
   
  1
  23
  24
  25
  26
  27
  28
  54
 
   
   
  61
  61
  62
  62
  62
  EX-10.1 1999 STOCK PLAN
  EX-10.2 2006 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN
  EX-10.3 FORM OF PERFORMANCE STOCK UNITS AGREEMENT
  EX-10.4 FIRST AMENDMENT AGREEMENT TO AMENDED AND RESTATED REVOLVING CREDIT AGREEMENT
  EX-10.5 SECOND AMENDMENT AGREEMENT TO AMENDED AND RESTATED REVOLVING CREDIT AGREEMENT
  EX-31.1 SECTION 302 CERTIFICATION OF THE PEO
  EX-31.2 SECTION 302 CERTIFICATION OF THE PFO
  EX-32 SECTION 906 CERTIFICATION OF THE PEO AND PFO

 


Table of Contents

TIME WARNER INC.
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF RESULTS OF OPERATIONS AND FINANCIAL CONDITION
INTRODUCTION
     Management’s discussion and analysis of results of operations and financial condition (“MD&A”) is a supplement to the accompanying consolidated financial statements and provides additional information on Time Warner Inc.’s (“Time Warner” or the “Company”) businesses, current developments, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations. MD&A is organized as follows:
   
Overview. This section provides a general description of Time Warner’s business segments, as well as recent developments the Company believes are important in understanding the results of operations and financial condition or in understanding anticipated future trends.
 
   
Results of operations. This section provides an analysis of the Company’s results of operations for the three months ended March 31, 2009. This analysis is presented on both a consolidated and a business segment basis. In addition, a brief description is provided of significant transactions and events that impact the comparability of the results being analyzed.
 
   
Financial condition and liquidity. This section provides an analysis of the Company’s financial condition as of March 31, 2009 and cash flows for the three months ended March 31, 2009.
 
   
Caution concerning forward-looking statements. This section provides a description of the use of forward-looking information appearing in this report, including in MD&A and the consolidated financial statements. Such information is based on management’s current expectations about future events, which are inherently susceptible to uncertainty and changes in circumstances. Refer to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008 (the “2008 Form 10-K”) for a discussion of the risk factors applicable to the Company.
     On March 12, 2009, the Company completed the legal and structural separation of Time Warner Cable Inc. (“TWC”) from the Company. With the completion of the separation, the Company disposed of the Cable segment in its entirety and ceased to consolidate the financial condition and results of operations of TWC in its consolidated financial statements. Accordingly, the Company has presented the financial condition and results of operations of the Cable segment as discontinued operations in the accompanying consolidated financial statements for all periods presented.

1


Table of Contents

TIME WARNER INC.
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF RESULTS OF OPERATIONS AND FINANCIAL CONDITION – (Continued)
OVERVIEW
     Time Warner is a leading media and entertainment company, whose major businesses encompass an array of the most respected and successful media brands. Among the Company’s brands are HBO, TNT, CNN, AOL, People , Sports Illustrated and Time . The Company produces and distributes films through Warner Bros. and New Line Cinema, including The Dark Knight , Gran Torino , The Curious Case of Benjamin Button and the Harry Potter films, as well as television series, including Two and a Half Men , The Mentalist , The Big Bang Theory , Gossip Girl and The Closer . During the three months ended March 31, 2009, the Company generated revenues of $6.945 billion (down 7% from $7.470 billion in 2008), Operating Income of $1.198 billion (down 9% from $1.311 billion in 2008), Net Income of $661 million (down 14% from $771 million in 2008) and Cash Provided by Operations from Continuing Operations of $1.425 billion (down 12% from $1.616 billion in 2008).
Impact of the Current Economic Environment
     The current global economic recession has reduced the Company’s visibility into long-term business trends and has adversely affected its businesses in the first quarter of 2009 and is currently expected to continue to adversely affect them during the remainder of 2009. For example, during the first quarter of 2009, the Company’s Advertising revenues declined 16% compared to the similar period in the prior year. The Company currently expects Advertising revenues to continue to decline during the remainder of 2009 as compared to the similar period in 2008. Additionally, the current economic environment is adversely affecting the Company’s Content revenues due to, among other things, reduced consumer spending on DVDs.
     The significant losses in the market value of the Company’s pension plan assets in 2008 has resulted in an increase in pension expense of approximately $30 million in the first quarter of 2009 and is expected to result in an approximately $130 million increase in pension expense for the full year of 2009. Additionally, the strengthening of the U.S. Dollar relative to significant foreign currencies to which the Company is exposed has negatively affected the Company’s revenues and Operating Income by approximately $240 million and $70 million, respectively, for the three months ended March 31, 2009. If exchange rates remain at levels similar to those in the first quarter of 2009, the Company expects a continued negative impact on revenues and Operating Income during the remainder of 2009.
     The Company continues to have strong liquidity to meet its needs for the foreseeable future. At March 31, 2009, the Company had $13.955 billion of unused committed capacity, including cash and equivalents and a credit facility containing commitments from a geographically diverse group of major financial institutions. See “Financial Condition and Liquidity” for further details regarding the Company’s total committed capacity.
Time Warner Businesses
     Time Warner classifies its operations into four reportable segments: Networks, Filmed Entertainment, Publishing and AOL.
     Time Warner evaluates the performance and operational strength of its business segments based on several factors, of which the primary financial measure is operating income before depreciation of tangible assets and amortization of intangible assets (“Operating Income before Depreciation and Amortization”). Operating Income before Depreciation and Amortization eliminates the uneven effects across all business segments of noncash depreciation of tangible assets and amortization of certain intangible assets, primarily intangible assets recognized in business combinations. Operating Income before Depreciation and Amortization should be considered in addition to Operating Income, as well as other measures of financial performance. Accordingly, the discussion of the results of operations for each of Time Warner’s business segments includes both Operating Income before Depreciation and Amortization and Operating Income. For additional information regarding Time Warner’s business segments, refer to Note 11, “Segment Information.”
      Networks. Time Warner’s Networks segment is comprised of Turner Broadcasting System, Inc. (“Turner”) and Home Box Office, Inc. (“HBO”). For the three months ended March 31, 2009, the Networks segment generated revenues of $2.808 billion (40% of the Company’s overall revenues), $1.064 billion in Operating Income before Depreciation and Amortization and $960 million in Operating Income.

2


Table of Contents

TIME WARNER INC.
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF RESULTS OF OPERATIONS AND FINANCIAL CONDITION – (Continued)
     The Turner networks — including such recognized brands as TNT, TBS, CNN, Cartoon Network, truTV and HLN (formerly CNN Headline News) — are among the leaders in advertising-supported cable TV networks. For seven consecutive years, more primetime households have watched advertising-supported cable TV networks than the national broadcast networks. The Turner networks generate revenues principally from receipt of monthly subscriber fees paid by cable system operators, satellite distribution services, telephone companies and other distributors and from the sale of advertising. Key contributors to Turner’s success are its continued investments in high-quality programming focused on sports, original and syndicated series, news, network movie premieres and animation leading to strong ratings and revenue growth, as well as strong brands and operating efficiencies.
     HBO operates the HBO and Cinemax multichannel premium pay television programming services, with the HBO service ranking as the nation’s most widely distributed premium pay television service. HBO generates revenues principally from monthly subscriber fees from cable system operators, satellite distribution services, telephone companies and other distributors. An additional source of revenues is the sale of its original programming, including Sex and the City , The Sopranos , Entourage , Rome and True Blood .
     The Company’s Networks segment recently has focused on international expansion, including Turner’s fourth quarter 2007 acquisition of seven pay networks operating principally in Latin America and HBO’s acquisitions of additional equity interests in HBO Asia and HBO South Asia during the fourth quarter of 2007 and first quarter of 2008, as well as the acquisition of an additional equity interest in the HBO Latin America Group, consisting of HBO Brasil, HBO Olé and HBO Latin America Production Services (collectively, “HBO LAG”), during the fourth quarter of 2008. These acquired businesses contributed revenues and Operating Income before Depreciation and Amortization of $119 million and $35 million, respectively, for the three months ended March 31, 2009 compared to $36 million and $3 million, respectively, for the three months ended March 31, 2008. In addition, during the first quarter of 2009, Turner launched two new networks in India. The Company anticipates that international expansion will continue to be an area of focus at the Networks segment for the foreseeable future.
      Filmed Entertainment. Time Warner’s Filmed Entertainment segment is comprised of Warner Bros. Entertainment Group (“Warner Bros.”), one of the world’s leading studios, and New Line Cinema Corporation (“New Line”). For the three months ended March 31, 2009, the Filmed Entertainment segment generated revenues of $2.633 billion (36% of the Company’s overall revenues), $308 million in Operating Income before Depreciation and Amortization and $214 million in Operating Income.
     The Filmed Entertainment segment has diversified sources of revenues within its film and television businesses, including an extensive film library and a global distribution infrastructure, which have helped it to deliver consistent long-term operating performance. To increase operational efficiencies and maximize performance within the Filmed Entertainment segment, in 2008 the Company reorganized the New Line business to be operated as a unit of Warner Bros. while maintaining separate development, production and other operations, and the Company incurred restructuring charges primarily related to involuntary employee terminations in connection with the reorganization. Beginning in the first quarter of 2009, Warner Bros. commenced a significant restructuring, primarily consisting of headcount reductions and the outsourcing of certain functions to an external service provider. As a result, the Company incurred restructuring charges of $37 million during the three months ended March 31, 2009 and expects to incur additional restructuring charges ranging from $40 million to $60 million during the remainder of 2009.
     Warner Bros. continues to be an industry leader in the television business. For the 2008-2009 broadcast season, Warner Bros. produced more than 20 primetime series, with at least one series airing on each of the five broadcast networks (including Two and a Half Men , The Mentalist , The Big Bang Theory , Gossip Girl , ER and Smallville ), as well as original series for several cable networks (including The Closer and Nip/Tuck ).
     The Screen Actors Guild (“SAG”), which covers performers in feature films and filmed television programs, and the producers of such content, including the Company’s Filmed Entertainment and Networks segments, have been working under contracts that expired on June 30, 2008. The producers and SAG have reached a tentative agreement, which, as of April 28, 2009, has not been ratified by SAG’s membership. In the event the agreement is not ratified or SAG goes on strike, it could cause delays in the production of feature films and television programs, as well as higher costs resulting either from the strike or less favorable terms contained in a future agreement.

3


Table of Contents

TIME WARNER INC.
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF RESULTS OF OPERATIONS AND FINANCIAL CONDITION – (Continued)
     The sale of DVDs has been one of the largest drivers of the segment’s profit over the last several years. The industry and the Company experienced a decline in DVD sales in 2008 and the first quarter of 2009 as growing consumer interest in high definition Blu-ray DVDs only partially offset softening consumer demand for standard definition DVDs. Also contributing to the overall decline in DVD sales are several factors, including the general economic downturn in the U.S. and many regions around the world, increasing competition for consumer discretionary time and spending, piracy and the maturation of the standard definition DVD format.
     Piracy, including physical piracy as well as illegal online file-sharing, continues to be a significant issue for the filmed entertainment industry. Due to technological advances, piracy has expanded from music to movies, television programming and interactive games. The Company has taken a variety of actions to combat piracy over the last several years, including the launch of new services for consumers at competitive price points, aggressive online and customs enforcement, compressed release windows and educational campaigns, and will continue to do so, both individually and together with cross-industry groups, trade associations and strategic partners.
     The Company enters into co-financing arrangements with other companies as a way of securing funding for its films and mitigating risk. During 2008, one of the Company’s largest co-financing partners informed the Company that difficulties in the credit markets had led to a delay in securing the financing necessary to fund the partner’s 50% share (approximately $120 million) of the production costs on four films released during the second half of 2008. As a result, the Company has accounted for these four films in the accompanying consolidated financial statements as if they were wholly owned. The Company is unsure whether this co-financing partner will ultimately secure the funding for amounts due on these four 2008 productions or the funding it had committed for films slated for release in 2009, and the difficulties in the credit market may also reduce the Company’s ability to attract other financial partners to co-finance its films. These or similar difficulties relating to co-financing arrangements may continue for the remainder of 2009 and in future periods. As a result, the Company may have to provide more funding for film production costs than it has in the past and may have to take on additional risk that it would have otherwise sought to mitigate with a co-financing arrangement.
      Publishing. Time Warner’s Publishing segment consists principally of magazine publishing and related websites as well as a number of direct-marketing and direct-selling businesses. For the three months ended March 31, 2009, the Publishing segment generated revenues of $806 million (12% of the Company’s overall revenues) and had $12 million in Operating Income before Depreciation and Amortization and an Operating Loss of $32 million.
     As of March 31, 2009, Time Inc. published 23 magazines in the U.S., including People , Sports Illustrated , Time , InStyle , Real Simple , Southern Living and Fortune , and over 90 magazines outside the U.S., primarily through IPC Media (“IPC”) in the U.K. and Grupo Editorial Expansión (“GEE”) in Mexico. The Publishing segment generates revenues primarily from advertising (including advertising on digital properties), magazine subscriptions and newsstand sales. Time Inc. also owns the magazine subscription marketer, Synapse Group, Inc. (“Synapse”), and the school and youth group fundraising company QSP, Inc. and its Canadian affiliate, Quality Service Programs Inc. (collectively, “QSP”). Advertising sales at the Publishing segment, particularly print advertising sales, continue to be significantly adversely affected by the current economic environment as evidenced by their continuing decline during the first quarter of 2009. Online advertising sales at the Publishing segment have also been adversely affected by the current economic environment, although, on a percentage basis, to a lesser degree than print advertising sales. Time Inc. continues to develop digital content, including the relaunch of RealSimple.com and the expansion of Time.com , as well as the expansion of digital properties owned by IPC and GEE. For the three months ended March 31, 2009, online Advertising revenues were 12% of Time Inc.’s total Advertising revenues, compared to 10% for the three months ended March 31, 2008. Time Inc.’s direct-selling division, Southern Living At Home, which is held for sale, sells home decor products through independent consultants at parties hosted in people’s homes throughout the U.S.
      AOL. AOL LLC (together with its subsidiaries, “AOL”) operates a Global Web Services business, which is comprised of its Platform-A, MediaGlow and People Networks business units. Platform-A sells advertising services worldwide on both the AOL Network and third-party Internet sites, referred to as the “Third Party Network.” MediaGlow and People Networks develop and operate the AOL Network, which includes a leading network of web brands, free client software and services and a social media network for Internet consumers. In addition, through its Access Services business, AOL operates one of the largest Internet access subscription services in the United States. As of March 31, 2009, AOL had 6.3 million AOL brand subscribers in the U.S., which does not include registrations for free AOL services. For the three months ended March 31, 2009, AOL generated revenues of $867 million (12% of the Company’s overall revenues) and had $255 million in Operating Income before Depreciation and Amortization and $150 million in Operating Income.

4


Table of Contents

TIME WARNER INC.
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF RESULTS OF OPERATIONS AND FINANCIAL CONDITION – (Continued)
     AOL’s business is focused on attracting and engaging Internet consumers and providing advertising services on both the AOL Network and the Third Party Network. In addition to growing its Global Web Services business, AOL is focused on managing costs in this business, as well as managing its declining subscriber base and related cost structure in its Access Services business. In the first quarter of 2009, in an effort to better position its Global Web Services business, AOL undertook a significant restructuring. As a result, for the three months ended March 31, 2009, the Company incurred restructuring charges of $58 million primarily related to involuntary employee terminations and facility closures, and currently expects to incur up to an additional $90 million in restructuring charges during the remainder of 2009.
     During 2008, the Company announced that it had begun separating the AOL Access Services and Global Web Services businesses, as a means of enhancing the operational focus and strategic options available for each of these businesses. The Company continues to review its strategic alternatives with respect to AOL. Although the Company’s Board of Directors has not made any decision, the Company currently anticipates that it would initiate a process to spin off one or more parts of the businesses of AOL to Time Warner’s stockholders, in one or a series of transactions. Based on the results of the Company’s review, future market conditions or the availability of more favorable strategic opportunities that may arise before a transaction is completed, the Company may decide to pursue an alternative other than a spin-off with respect to either or both of AOL’s businesses.
     The Platform-A business unit sells advertising services worldwide on both the AOL Network and the Third Party Network and licenses ad-serving technology to third-party websites. Platform-A offers to advertisers a range of capabilities and solutions, including optimization and targeting technologies, to deliver more effective advertising and reach specific audiences across the AOL Network and the Third Party Network.
     The MediaGlow and People Networks business units develop and operate websites, applications and services that are part of the AOL Network. In addition, AOL’s Products and Technologies group develops and operates components of the AOL Network, such as e-mail, toolbar and search. The AOL Network consists of a variety of websites, related applications and services that can be accessed generally via the Internet or via AOL’s Access Services business. Specifically, the AOL Network includes owned and operated websites, applications and services such as AOL.com , e-mail, MapQuest, Moviefone, Engadget, Asylum, international versions of the AOL portal and social media properties such as AIM, ICQ and Bebo. The AOL Network also includes TMZ.com , a joint venture with Telepictures Productions, Inc. (a subsidiary of Warner Bros. Entertainment Inc.), as well as other co-branded websites owned by third parties for which certain criteria have been met, including that the Internet traffic has been assigned to AOL.
     During the first quarter of 2009, AOL’s Advertising revenues were negatively affected by weakening global economic conditions, which contributed to lower demand from a number of advertiser categories, a deterioration in the financial position of certain significant customers and downward pricing pressure on advertising inventory, as well as an overall increase in marketplace competition, an increased volume of inventory monetized through lower-priced sales channels and other sales execution issues. During the remainder of 2009, the Company anticipates that these factors and trends may continue to negatively affect AOL’s Advertising revenues. Additionally, in the first quarter of 2009, AOL made a number of organizational and personnel changes, including hiring a new chief executive officer and changing the leadership within its Platform-A business unit.
     The AOL Network and Third Party Network components of the Global Web Services business have differing cost structures. Third Party Network advertising has historically had higher traffic acquisition costs (“TAC”) and, therefore, lower incremental margins than display advertising. As a result, a period-over-period increase or decrease in aggregate Advertising revenues will not necessarily translate into a similar increase or decrease in Operating Income before Depreciation and Amortization attributable to AOL’s advertising activities.
     Paid-search advertising activities on the AOL Network are conducted primarily through AOL’s strategic relationship with Google Inc. (“Google”). In connection with the expansion of this strategic relationship in April 2006, Google acquired a 5% interest in AOL, and, as a result, 95% of the equity interests in AOL are indirectly held by the Company and 5% are indirectly held by Google. As part of the April 2006 transaction, Google received certain registration rights relating to its equity interest in AOL. In late January 2009, Google exercised its right to request that AOL register Google’s 5% equity interest for sale in an initial public offering. Time Warner has the right, but not the obligation, to purchase Google’s equity interest for cash or shares of Time Warner common stock based on the appraised fair market value of the equity interest in

5


Table of Contents

TIME WARNER INC.
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF RESULTS OF OPERATIONS AND FINANCIAL CONDITION – (Continued)
lieu of conducting an initial public offering. The Company is in discussions with Google and has notified Google of its intention to purchase the 5% equity interest.
     AOL’s Access Services business offers an online subscription service to consumers that includes dial-up Internet access. AOL continued to experience declines during the first quarter of 2009 in the number of its U.S. subscribers and related revenues, due primarily to AOL’s decisions to focus on its advertising business and offer most of its services (other than Internet access) for free to support the advertising business, AOL’s significant reduction of subscriber acquisition and retention efforts, and the industry-wide decline of the dial-up ISP business and growth in the broadband Internet access business. U.S. subscribers declined 0.6 million in each of the three-month periods ended March 31, 2009 and 2008. The decline in subscribers has had an adverse impact on AOL’s Subscription revenues, and the Company expects the total number of subscribers to continue to decline. AOL’s Advertising revenues associated with the AOL Network, in large part, are generated from the activity of current and former AOL subscribers. Therefore, the decline in subscribers also could have an adverse impact on AOL’s Advertising revenues generated on the AOL Network to the extent that subscribers canceling their subscriptions do not maintain their relationship with and usage of the AOL Network.
Recent Developments
TWC Separation from Time Warner and Reverse Stock Split of Time Warner Common Stock
     On March 12, 2009 (the “Distribution Record Date”), the Company disposed of all of its shares of TWC common stock. The disposition was made pursuant to a separation agreement entered into on May 20, 2008, among Time Warner, TWC and certain of their subsidiaries (the “Separation Agreement”) for the purpose of achieving the legal and structural separation of TWC from Time Warner (the “TWC Separation”). The TWC Separation was effected as a pro rata dividend of all shares of TWC common stock held by Time Warner in a spin-off (the “Distribution”) to Time Warner stockholders.
     Prior to the Distribution Record Date, on March 12, 2009, TWC, in accordance with the terms of the Separation Agreement, paid a special cash dividend of $10.27 per share to all holders of TWC Class A Common Stock and TWC Class B Common Stock as of the close of business on March 11, 2009 (aggregating $10.856 billion) (the “Special Dividend”) that resulted in the receipt by Time Warner of $9.253 billion.
     With the completion of the TWC Separation, the Company disposed of the Cable segment in its entirety. Accordingly, the Company has presented the financial condition and results of operations of the Cable segment as discontinued operations in the accompanying consolidated financial statements for all periods presented.
     In connection with the TWC Separation, the Company implemented a 1-for-3 reverse stock split on March 27, 2009.
     In addition, in connection with the TWC Separation, and as provided for in the Company’s equity plans, the number of stock options, restricted stock units (“RSUs”) and target performance stock units (“PSUs”) outstanding at the Distribution Record Date and the exercise prices of such stock options were adjusted to maintain the fair value of those awards. The changes in the number of equity awards and the exercise prices were determined by comparing the fair value of such awards immediately prior to the TWC Separation to the fair value of such awards immediately after the TWC Separation. Accordingly, each equity award outstanding as of the Distribution Record Date was increased by multiplying the size of such award by 1.35, while the per share exercise price of each stock option was decreased by dividing by 1.35. This adjustment resulted in an increase of approximately 50 million equity awards (comprised of 46 million stock options and 4 million RSUs). The modifications to the outstanding equity awards were made pursuant to existing antidilution provisions in the Company’s equity plans, and did not result in any additional compensation expense. In addition, all such awards were further adjusted for the effect of the Company’s reverse stock split.
     Under the terms of Time Warner’s equity plans and related award agreements, as a result of the TWC Separation, TWC employees who held Time Warner equity awards were treated at the time of the TWC Separation as if their employment with Time Warner was terminated without cause at the time of the separation. For most TWC employees, this treatment resulted in the forfeiture of unvested stock options and shortened exercise periods for vested stock options and pro rata vesting of the next installment of (and forfeiture of the remainder of) the RSU awards.

6


Table of Contents

TIME WARNER INC.
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF RESULTS OF OPERATIONS AND FINANCIAL CONDITION – (Continued)
Repayment and Termination of $2.0 Billion Term Facility
     On March 17, 2009, the Company used a portion of the proceeds it received from the Special Dividend to repay in full the $2.0 billion outstanding (plus accrued interest) under its unsecured term loan facility with a maturity date of January 8, 2011 (the “Term Facility”) and terminated the Term Facility. Time Warner did not incur any early termination or prepayment penalties in connection with the termination of the Term Facility.
Termination of Supplemental Credit Agreement
     On March 12, 2009, TWC borrowed the full committed amount of $1.932 billion under its unsecured term loan credit facility entered into on June 30, 2008 (the “TWC Bridge Facility”), all of which was used to pay a portion of the Special Dividend. On March 26, 2009, TWC completed an offering of $3.0 billion in aggregate principal amount of debt securities and used a portion of the net proceeds from the offering to prepay in full the outstanding loans and all other amounts due under the TWC Bridge Facility, and the TWC Bridge Facility was terminated in accordance with its terms. Concurrently with the termination of the TWC Bridge Facility and pursuant to the terms of the $1.535 billion credit agreement (the “Supplemental Credit Agreement”) between the Company (as lender) and TWC (as borrower) for a two-year senior unsecured supplemental term loan facility (the “Supplemental Credit Facility”), on March 26, 2009, TWC terminated the commitments of Time Warner under the Supplemental Credit Facility, and the Supplemental Credit Agreement was terminated in accordance with its terms.
CME Investment
     On March 23, 2009, the Company announced that it had entered into an agreement to acquire an approximately 31% interest in Central European Media Enterprises Ltd. (“CME”), a broadcasting company operating leading networks in seven Central and Eastern European countries, for an investment of $242 million in cash. In connection with this investment, Time Warner has agreed to allow CME founder and Non-Executive Chairman Ronald S. Lauder to vote Time Warner’s shares of CME for at least four years, subject to certain exceptions. Also, Mr. Lauder has agreed to support Time Warner’s appointment of two designees to CME’s board of directors. In addition to being subject to customary closing conditions, the closing of the investment is subject to a vote of CME’s shareholders and certain regulatory approvals, and Mr. Lauder has committed to vote the shares he controls in favor of the transaction. The transaction is expected to close in the second quarter of 2009. See Note 2 to the accompanying consolidated financial statements.
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
Changes in Basis of Presentation
     As discussed more fully in Note 1 to the accompanying consolidated financial statements, the 2008 financial information has been recast so that the basis of presentation is consistent with that of the 2009 financial information. This recast reflects (i) the financial condition and results of operations of TWC as discontinued operations for all periods presented, (ii) the adoption of Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“Statement”) No. 160, Noncontrolling Interests in Consolidated Financial Statements – an amendment of ARB No. 51 (“FAS 160”), (iii) the adoption of FASB Staff Position (“FSP”) Emerging Issues Task Force (“EITF”) Issue No. 03-6-1, Determining Whether Instruments Granted in Share-Based Payment Transactions Are Participating Securities (“FSP No. EITF 03-6-1”), and (iv) the 1-for-3 reverse stock split of the Company’s common stock that became effective on March 27, 2009.
Recent Accounting Standards
     See Note 1 to the accompanying consolidated financial statements for a discussion of accounting standards adopted during the three months ended March 31, 2009 and recent accounting standards not yet adopted.

7


Table of Contents

TIME WARNER INC.
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF RESULTS OF OPERATIONS AND FINANCIAL CONDITION – (Continued)
Significant Transactions and Other Items Affecting Comparability
     As more fully described herein and in the related notes to the accompanying consolidated financial statements, the comparability of Time Warner’s results from continuing operations has been affected by significant transactions and certain other items in each period as follows (millions):
                 
    Three Months Ended March 31,
    2009   2008  
            (recast)
Amounts related to securities litigation and government investigations
  $ (7 )   $ (4 )
 
           
Impact on Operating Income
    (7 )     (4 )
 
               
Investment losses, net
    (13 )     (36 )
Costs related to the separation of TWC
    (5 )     (1 )
 
           
Pretax impact
    (25 )     (41 )
Income tax impact of above items
    6       7  
Tax items related to TWC
    24        
 
           
After-tax impact
    5       (34 )
Noncontrolling interest impacts
    5        
 
           
Impact of items on income from continuing operations attributable to Time Warner Inc. shareholders
  $ 10     $ (34 )
 
           
     In addition to the items affecting comparability above, the Company incurred restructuring costs of $94 million and $142 million during the three months ended March 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively. For further discussions of restructuring costs, refer to the “Consolidated Results” and “Business Segment Results” discussions.
Amounts Related to Securities Litigation
     The Company recognized legal and other professional fees related to the defense of various shareholder lawsuits totaling $7 million and $4 million for the three months ended March 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively.
Investment Losses, Net
     For the three months ended March 31, 2009, the Company recognized $13 million of miscellaneous investment losses.
     For the three months ended March 31, 2008, the Company recognized a $26 million impairment on the Company’s investment in Eidos plc (formerly SCi Entertainment Group plc) and $10 million of losses resulting from market fluctuations in equity derivative instruments.
Costs Related to the Separation of TWC
     For the three months ended March 31, 2009 and 2008, the Company incurred pretax direct transaction costs (e.g., legal and professional fees) related to the separation of TWC of $5 million and $1 million, respectively, which have been reflected in other income (loss), net in the accompanying consolidated statement of operations.
Income Tax Impact and Tax Items Related to TWC
     The income tax impact reflects the estimated tax or tax benefit associated with each item affecting comparability. Such estimated taxes or tax benefits vary based on certain factors, including the taxability or deductibility of the items and foreign tax on certain gains. For the three months ended March 31, 2009, the Company also recognized approximately $24 million of tax benefits attributable to the impact of certain state tax law changes on TWC net deferred tax liabilities.
Noncontrolling Interest Impact
     For the three months ended March 31, 2009, the $5 million noncontrolling interest item affecting comparability reflects the minority owner’s share of the tax provision related to changes in certain state tax laws.

8


Table of Contents

TIME WARNER INC.
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF RESULTS OF OPERATIONS AND FINANCIAL CONDITION – (Continued)
Three Months Ended March 31, 2009 compared to the Three Months Ended March 31, 2008
Consolidated Results
     The following discussion provides an analysis of the Company’s results of operations and should be read in conjunction with the accompanying consolidated statement of operations.
      Revenues. The components of revenues are as follows (millions):
                         
    Three Months Ended March 31,
    2009     2008     % Change
            (recast)          
Subscription
  $ 2,559     $ 2,608       (2%)
Advertising
    1,540       1,828       (16%)
Content
    2,636       2,809       (6%)  
Other
    210       225       (7%)  
 
                   
Total revenues
  $ 6,945     $ 7,470       (7%)  
 
                   
     The decrease in Subscription revenues for the three months ended March 31, 2009 was primarily related to declines at the AOL and Publishing segments, offset partially by an increase at the Networks segment. The decline at the AOL segment resulted primarily from a decrease in the number of domestic AOL brand subscribers. The decline at the Publishing segment was due to decreases at IPC resulting principally from the effect of foreign exchange rates as well as lower revenues from domestic subscription renewals due to the effect of the current economic environment and lower revenues as a result of softening domestic newsstand sales due to the effect of the current economic environment and wholesaler disruptions. The increase in Subscription revenues at the Networks segment was due primarily to higher subscription rates at both Turner and HBO and the effect of the consolidation of HBO LAG.
     The decrease in Advertising revenues for the three months ended March 31, 2009 was primarily due to declines at the Publishing and AOL segments and to a lesser degree declines at the Networks segment. The decrease at the Publishing segment was due to declines in domestic print Advertising revenues, international print Advertising revenues, including the effect of foreign exchange rates at IPC, custom publishing revenues and online revenues, primarily reflecting the current weak economic conditions and increased competition for advertising dollars. The decrease at the AOL segment was due to declines in Advertising revenues on the Third Party Network and display advertising on the AOL Network, primarily as a result of weakening global economic conditions, which contributed to lower demand from a number of advertiser categories and downward pricing pressure on advertising inventory, as well as declines in paid search advertising primarily due to decreases in search query volume on certain AOL Network properties.
     The decrease in Content revenues for the three months ended March 31, 2009 was principally related to a decline at the Filmed Entertainment segment, mainly due to a decrease in theatrical product revenues, partially offset by an increase in television product revenues.
     Each of the revenue categories is discussed in greater detail by segment in “Business Segment Results.”
      Costs of Revenues. For the three months ended March 31, 2009 and 2008, costs of revenues totaled $3.880 billion and $4.167 billion, respectively, and, as a percentage of revenues, were 56% for each period. The segment variations are discussed in detail in “Business Segment Results.”
      Selling, General and Administrative Expenses. For the three months ended March 31, 2009 and 2008, selling, general and administrative expenses decreased 5% to $1.652 billion in 2009 from $1.732 billion in 2008, primarily related to decreases at the Filmed Entertainment and AOL segments, partially offset by increases at the Networks segment. The segment variations are discussed in detail in “Business Segment Results.”
     Included in costs of revenues and selling, general and administrative expenses is depreciation expense, which decreased to $236 million for the three months ended March 31, 2009 from $247 million for the three months ended March 31, 2008, primarily reflecting a decline at the AOL segment due to a reduction in network assets due to subscriber declines.

9


Table of Contents

TIME WARNER INC.
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF RESULTS OF OPERATIONS AND FINANCIAL CONDITION – (Continued)
      Amortization Expense. Amortization expense increased 3% to $121 million for the three months ended March 31, 2009 from $118 million for the three months ended March 31, 2008.
      Restructuring Costs. For the three months ended March 31, 2009, the Company incurred restructuring costs of $94 million, primarily related to various employee terminations and other exit activities, including $58 million at the AOL segment, $37 million at the Filmed Entertainment segment and a $1 million reversal at the Publishing segment.
     The Company incurred restructuring costs for the three months ended March 31, 2008 of $142 million, primarily related to various employee terminations and other exit activities, including $116 million at the Filmed Entertainment segment, $10 million at the Publishing segment, $9 million at the AOL segment and $7 million at the Corporate segment.
      Operating Income. Operating Income decreased to $1.198 billion for the three months ended March 31, 2009 from $1.311 billion for the three months ended March 31, 2008. Excluding the items previously noted under “Significant Transactions and Other Items Affecting Comparability” totaling $7 million and $4 million of expense for the three months ended March 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively, Operating Income decreased $110 million, primarily reflecting declines at the AOL and Publishing segments, partially offset by increases at the Networks and Filmed Entertainment segments. The segment variations are discussed under “Business Segment Results.”
      Interest Expense, Net. Interest expense, net, decreased to $312 million for the three months ended March 31, 2009 from $347 million for the three months ended March 31, 2008. The decrease in interest expense, net for the three months ended March 31, 2009 is due to lower average interest rates and lower average net debt.
      Other Loss, Net. Other loss, net detail is shown in the table below (millions):
                   
  Three Months Ended March 31,
  2009   2008
                (recast)  
Investment losses, net
  $ (13 )     $ (36 )
Loss from equity-method investees
    (23 )       (13 )
Other
    (3 )       (10 )
 
             
Other loss, net
  $ (39 )     $ (59 )
 
             
     The changes in investment losses, net are discussed under “Significant Transactions and Other Items Affecting Comparability.” Excluding the impact of investment losses, net, the change in other loss, net was primarily due to an increase in losses from equity-method investees, partly offset by lower securitization expenses.
      Income Tax Provision. Income tax expense from continuing operations was $288 million for the three months ended March 31, 2009 compared to $345 million for the three months ended March 31, 2008. The Company’s effective tax rate for continuing operations was 34% for the three months ended March 31, 2009 compared to 38% for the three months ended March 31, 2008. The change was primarily due to changes in certain state tax laws in the first quarter of 2009 principally related to TWC.
      Income from Continuing Operations. Income from continuing operations was $559 million for the three months ended March 31, 2009 compared to $560 million for the three months ended March 31, 2008. Basic and diluted income per common share from continuing operations were both $0.46 in 2009 and 2008. Excluding the items previously noted under “Significant Transactions and Other Items Affecting Comparability” totaling $10 million of income and $34 million of expense, net in 2009 and 2008, respectively, income from continuing operations decreased by $45 million, primarily reflecting lower Operating Income, partially offset by lower interest expense and lower tax expense, all as noted above.
      Discontinued Operations, Net of Tax . The financial results for the three months ended March 31, 2009 and 2008 included the impact of treating the results of operations and financial condition of TWC as discontinued operations. Discontinued operations, net of tax decreased to $131 million for the three months ended March 31, 2009 from $262 million for the three months ended March 31, 2008. The current year included results for the period from January 1, 2009 through March 12, 2009, the Distribution Record Date, as compared to a full three-month period in 2008. In addition, discontinued operations, net of tax for the three months ended March 31, 2009 and 2008 included direct transaction costs (e.g., legal and professional fees) related to the separation of TWC of $75 million and $2 million, respectively. For additional information, see Note 2 to the accompanying consolidated financial statements.

10


Table of Contents

TIME WARNER INC.
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF RESULTS OF OPERATIONS AND FINANCIAL CONDITION – (Continued)
      Net Income Attributable to Noncontrolling Interests. Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests was $29 million and $51 million, respectively, for the three months ended March 31, 2009 and 2008.
      Net Income Attributable to Time Warner Inc. shareholders and Net Income Per Common Share Attributable to Time Warner Inc. common shareholders. Net income attributable to Time Warner Inc. shareholders was $661 million for the three months ended March 31, 2009 compared to $771 million for the three months ended March 31, 2008. Basic and diluted net income per common share attributable to Time Warner Inc. common shareholders were both $0.55 in 2009 compared to $0.65 and $0.64, respectively, in 2008.
Business Segment Results
      Networks. Revenues, Operating Income before Depreciation and Amortization and Operating Income of the Networks segment for the three months ended March 31, 2009 and 2008 are as follows (millions):
                         
    Three Months Ended March 31,
    2009   2008   % Change
Revenues:
                       
Subscription
  $ 1,850     $ 1,695       9 %
Advertising
    723       739       (2 %)
Content
    205       213       (4 %)
Other
    30       12       150 %
 
                   
Total revenues
    2,808       2,659       6 %
Costs of revenues (a)
    (1,263 )     (1,257 )      
Selling, general and administrative (a)
    (481 )     (444 )     8 %
 
                   
Operating Income before Depreciation and Amortization
    1,064       958       11 %
Depreciation
    (86 )     (78 )     10 %
Amortization
    (18 )     (6 )     200 %
 
                   
Operating Income
  $ 960     $ 874       10 %
 
                   
 
(a)  
Costs of revenues and selling, general and administrative expenses exclude depreciation.
     The increase in Subscription revenues was due primarily to higher subscription rates at both Turner and HBO and the impact of the consolidation of HBO LAG.
     The decrease in Advertising revenues was driven mainly by Turner’s international networks, including the negative effect of foreign exchange rates, and, to a lesser extent, a decline in Turner’s domestic entertainment networks, reflecting weakened demand. The Company anticipates that achieving Advertising revenue growth for the remainder of 2009 at the Networks segment will continue to be challenging due to the difficult economic environment.
     Costs of revenues were essentially flat as an increase in programming costs was offset by lower newsgathering costs, primarily reflecting the absence in the first quarter of 2009 of the prior year quarter’s election-related costs. Programming costs increased 2% to $925 million for the three months ended March 31, 2009 from $907 million for the three months ended March 31, 2008 due primarily to higher original programming costs at Turner and the impact of the consolidation of HBO LAG, partly offset by lower sports programming costs at Turner, particularly related to NBA programming. In addition, programming costs for the three months ended March 31, 2009 and 2008 included $5 million and $21 million, respectively, of charges related to decisions to not proceed with certain original programming. Costs of revenues as a percentage of revenues were 45% and 47% for the three months ended March 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively.
     The increase in selling, general and administrative expenses was due primarily to increased costs related to the consolidation of HBO LAG and higher marketing expenses.
     Operating Income before Depreciation and Amortization increased primarily due to an increase in revenues, partially offset by an increase in selling, general and administrative expenses. Operating Income increased primarily due to the increase in Operating Income before Depreciation and Amortization, partly offset by higher amortization primarily related to the consolidation of HBO LAG.

11


Table of Contents

TIME WARNER INC.
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF RESULTS OF OPERATIONS AND FINANCIAL CONDITION – (Continued)
      Filmed Entertainment. Revenues, Operating Income before Depreciation and Amortization and Operating Income of the Filmed Entertainment segment for the three months ended March 31, 2009 and 2008 are as follows (millions):
                         
    Three Months Ended March 31,
    2009   2008   % Change
Revenues:
                       
Subscription
  $ 9     $ 10       (10 %)
Advertising
    14       15       (7 %)
Content
    2,553       2,753       (7 %)
Other
    57       62       (8 %)
 
                   
Total revenues
    2,633       2,840       (7 %)
Costs of revenues (a)
    (1,879 )     (1,975 )     (5 %)
Selling, general and administrative (a)
    (409 )     (469 )     (13 %)
Restructuring costs
    (37 )     (116 )     (68 %)
 
                   
Operating Income before Depreciation and Amortization
    308       280       10 %
Depreciation
    (40 )     (41 )     (2 %)
Amortization
    (54 )     (56 )     (4 %)
 
                   
Operating Income
  $ 214     $ 183       17 %
 
                   
 
(a)  
Costs of revenues and selling, general and administrative expenses exclude depreciation.
     Content revenues primarily include theatrical product (which is content made available for initial exhibition in theaters) and television product (which is content made available for initial airing on television). The components of Content revenues for the three months ended March 31, 2009 and 2008 are as follows (millions):
                         
    Three Months Ended March 31,
    2009   2008   % Change
Theatrical product:
                       
Theatrical film
  $ 486     $ 509       (5 %)
Home video and electronic delivery
    477       810       (41 %)
Television licensing
    382       400       (5 %)
Consumer products and other
    31       35       (11 %)
 
                   
Total theatrical product
    1,376       1,754       (22 %)
 
                       
Television product:
                       
Television licensing
    823       671       23 %
Home video and electronic delivery
    157       160       (2 %)
Consumer products and other
    61       59       3 %
 
                   
Total television product
    1,041       890       17 %
 
                       
Other
    136       109       25 %
 
                   
Total Content revenues
  $ 2,553     $ 2,753       (7 %)
 
                   
     The decrease in theatrical film revenues for the three months ended March 31, 2009 was due to difficult comparisons to the three months ended March 31, 2008. Revenues in the first quarter of 2009 included the releases of Watchmen and He’s Just Not That Into You as well as carryover revenues from Gran Torino , The Curious Case of Benjamin Button and Yes Man . Revenues in the first quarter of 2008 included the releases of 10,000 B.C. and Fool’s Gold , as well as carryover revenues from I Am Legend and The Bucket List . Theatrical product revenues from home video and electronic delivery decreased for the three months ended March 31, 2009 primarily due to fewer significant titles in the first quarter of 2009, including Body of Lies and Nights in Rodanthe , compared to the first quarter of 2008, which included I Am Legend , Michael Clayton and The Brave One . Theatrical product revenues from television licensing decreased for the three months ended March 31, 2009 due primarily to the timing and quantity of availabilities.
     Television product licensing fees increased primarily due to fewer network deliveries in the first quarter of 2008 as a result of the Writers Guild of America (East and West) strike, which was settled in February 2008, partially offset by a difficult comparison to the first quarter 2008 off-network license fees from Seinfeld .

12


Table of Contents

TIME WARNER INC.
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF RESULTS OF OPERATIONS AND FINANCIAL CONDITION – (Continued)
     The increase in other Content revenues was due primarily to revenues from the interactive video game release of F.E.A.R. 2: Project Origin as well as the expansion of the distribution of interactive video games.
     The decrease in costs of revenues resulted primarily from lower theatrical advertising and print costs due primarily to the timing, quantity and mix of films released and lower merchandise and related costs associated with a decline in home video and electronic delivery revenues, partially offset by higher film costs ($1.267 billion in 2009 compared to $1.152 billion in 2008). Included in film costs are net pre-release theatrical film valuation adjustments, which increased to $31 million for the three months ended March 31, 2009 from $9 million for the three months ended March 31, 2008. In addition, in the first quarter of 2008, the Company recognized approximately $50 million in participation expense related to current claims on films released in prior periods. Costs of revenues as a percentage of revenues were 71% and 70% in the first quarter of 2009 and 2008, respectively, reflecting the quantity and mix of products released.
     The decrease in selling, general and administrative expenses was primarily the result of lower employee costs resulting from the operational reorganization of the New Line business as well as lower distribution expenses primarily associated with the decline in home video and electronic delivery revenues.
     Beginning in the first quarter of 2009, Warner Bros. commenced a significant restructuring, primarily consisting of headcount reductions and the outsourcing of certain functions to an external service provider. As a result, the Company incurred restructuring charges of $37 million during the three months ended March 31, 2009 and expects to incur additional restructuring charges ranging from $40 million to $60 million during the remainder of 2009. The three months ended March 31, 2008 included restructuring charges of $116 million primarily related to involuntary employee terminations in connection with the operational reorganization of the New Line business.
     Operating Income before Depreciation and Amortization and Operating Income increased primarily due to lower costs of revenues, restructuring costs and selling, general and administrative expenses, partly offset by a decrease in revenues and the negative effect of foreign exchange rates.
      Publishing. Revenues, Operating Income before Depreciation and Amortization and Operating Income (Loss) of the Publishing segment for the three months ended March 31, 2009 and 2008 are as follows (millions):
                         
    Three Months Ended March 31,
    2009   2008   % Change
 
                       
Revenues:
                       
Subscription
  $ 307     $ 365       (16 %)
Advertising
    383       550       (30 %)
Content
    19       12       58 %
Other
    97       118       (18 %)
 
                   
Total revenues
    806       1,045       (23 %)
Costs of revenues (a)
    (329 )     (424 )     (22 %)
Selling, general and administrative (a)
    (466 )     (466 )      
Restructuring costs
    1       (10 )     (110 %)
 
                   
Operating Income before Depreciation and Amortization
    12       145       (92 %)
Depreciation
    (31 )     (34 )     (9 %)
Amortization
    (13 )     (18 )     (28 %)
 
                   
Operating Income (Loss)
  $ (32 )   $ 93       (134 %)
 
                   
 
(a)  
Costs of revenues and selling, general and administrative expenses exclude depreciation.
     Subscription revenues declined primarily due to decreases at IPC resulting principally from the effect of foreign exchange rates as well as lower revenues from domestic subscription renewals due to the effect of the current economic environment and lower revenues as a result of softening domestic newsstand sales due to the effect of the current economic environment and wholesaler disruptions. The Company anticipates that foreign exchange rates and the economic environment will continue to adversely affect Subscription revenues during the remainder of 2009.

13


Table of Contents

TIME WARNER INC.
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF RESULTS OF OPERATIONS AND FINANCIAL CONDITION – (Continued)
     Advertising revenues decreased due to declines in domestic print Advertising revenues, international print Advertising revenues, including the effect of foreign exchange rates at IPC, custom publishing revenues and online revenues primarily reflecting the current weak economic conditions and increased competition for advertising dollars. The Company currently anticipates that Advertising revenues at the Publishing segment for the remainder of 2009 will decline compared to the similar period in 2008, reflecting primarily the effect of the current economic environment.
     Other revenues decreased due primarily to decreases at the non-magazine businesses, including Synapse and Southern Living At Home, partially offset by the effect of the acquisition of QSP.
     Costs of revenues decreased 22% and, as a percentage of revenues, were 41% for both the three months ended March 31, 2009 and 2008. Costs of revenues for the magazine and online businesses include manufacturing costs (paper, printing and distribution) and editorial-related costs, which together decreased 22% to $305 million for the three months ended March 31, 2009 from $389 million for the three months ended March 31, 2008, primarily due to cost savings initiatives, lower printing and paper costs related to a decline in volume and lower costs at IPC due primarily to the effect of foreign exchange rates. In addition, costs of revenues at the non-magazine businesses declined as a result of lower revenues.
     Selling, general and administrative expenses were flat as cost savings initiatives, lower marketing expenses and a decrease at IPC due primarily to the effect of foreign exchange rates were offset by costs associated with the acquisition of QSP, an $18 million increase in bad debt reserves related to a newsstand wholesaler and higher pension expense.
     The results for the three months ended March 31, 2009 and 2008 included a $1 million reversal and $10 million of restructuring costs, respectively, primarily related to severance costs associated with continuing efforts to streamline operations.
     Operating Income before Depreciation and Amortization and Operating Income (Loss) decreased due primarily to lower revenues, partially offset by a decrease in costs of revenues.
     The Company anticipates that, excluding the 2008 asset impairments, Operating Income before Depreciation and Amortization and Operating Income (Loss) at the Publishing segment for 2009 will be less than that achieved during 2008, primarily resulting from the expected declines in Advertising revenues.
      AOL. Revenues, Operating Income before Depreciation and Amortization and Operating Income of the AOL segment for the three months ended March 31, 2009 and 2008 are as follows (millions):
                         
    Three Months Ended March 31,
    2009   2008   % Change
 
                       
Revenues:
                       
Subscription
  $ 393     $ 539       (27 %)
Advertising
    443       552       (20 %)
Other
    31       37       (16 %)
 
                   
Total revenues
    867       1,128       (23 %)
Costs of revenues (a)
    (426 )     (544 )     (22 %)
Selling, general and administrative (a)
    (128 )     (170 )     (25 %)
Restructuring costs
    (58 )     (9 )   NM  
 
                   
Operating Income before Depreciation and Amortization
    255       405       (37 %)
Depreciation
    (69 )     (83 )     (17 %)
Amortization
    (36 )     (38 )     (5 %)
 
                   
Operating Income
  $ 150     $ 284       (47 %)
 
                   
 
(a)  
Costs of revenues and selling, general and administrative expenses exclude depreciation.
     The decline in Subscription revenues was primarily due to a decrease in the number of domestic AOL brand subscribers.

14


Table of Contents

TIME WARNER INC.
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF RESULTS OF OPERATIONS AND FINANCIAL CONDITION – (Continued)
     The number of domestic AOL brand subscribers was 6.3 million, 6.9 million and 8.7 million as of March 31, 2009, December 31, 2008 and March 31, 2008, respectively. The average revenue per domestic AOL brand subscriber (“ARPU”) was $18.48 and $18.29 for the three months ended March 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively. AOL includes in its subscriber numbers individuals, households and entities that have provided billing information and completed the registration process sufficiently to allow for an initial log-on to the AOL service. Individuals who have registered for the free AOL service, including subscribers who have migrated from paid subscription plans, are not included in the AOL brand subscriber numbers presented above.
     The continued decline in domestic subscribers is the result of a number of factors, including the effects of AOL’s strategy, which has resulted in the migration of subscribers to the free AOL services, declining registrations for the paid service in response to AOL’s significantly reduced marketing efforts and increased competition from broadband access providers. The increase in ARPU for the three months ended March 31, 2009 compared to the three months ended March 31, 2008 was due primarily to price increases for lower-priced plans, partially offset by a shift in the subscriber mix to lower-priced plans.
     Advertising services include display advertising (which includes certain types of impression-based and performance-driven advertising) and paid-search advertising, both domestically and internationally, which are provided on both the AOL Network and the Third Party Network. The components of Advertising revenues for the three months ended March 31, 2009 and 2008 are as follows (millions):
                         
    Three Months Ended March 31,
    2009   2008   % Change
 
                       
AOL Network:
                       
Display
  $ 158     $ 191       (17 %)
Paid-search
    152       173       (12 %)
 
                   
Total AOL Network
    310       364       (15 %)
 
                       
Third Party Network
    133       188       (29 %)
 
                   
 
                       
Total Advertising revenues
  $ 443     $ 552       (20 %)
 
                   
     The decrease in display Advertising revenues generated on the AOL Network was primarily due to weakening global economic conditions, which contributed to lower demand from a number of advertiser categories and downward pricing pressure on advertising inventory. The decrease in paid-search Advertising revenues on the AOL Network, which are generated primarily through AOL’s strategic relationship with Google, was attributable primarily to decreases in search query volume on certain AOL Network properties.
     The decrease in Advertising revenues on the Third Party Network was primarily due to weakening global economic conditions, which contributed to lower demand from a number of advertiser categories and downward pricing pressure on advertising inventory. In addition, the decline in Advertising revenues on the Third Party Network included a decrease of $16 million due to a change in the relationship with a major customer of Platform-A Inc. Revenues associated with this relationship were $1 million for the three months ended March 31, 2009 compared to $17 million for the three months ended March 31, 2008. Total revenues from this customer for the year ended December 31, 2008 were $26 million.
     Total Advertising revenues for the three months ended March 31, 2009 decreased $64 million from the three months ended December 31, 2008, reflecting decreases in display and paid-search Advertising revenues on the AOL Network as well as a decrease in Advertising revenues on the Third Party Network. The decline in both display Advertising revenues on the AOL Network and Advertising revenues on the Third Party Network reflected weak economic conditions resulting in lower demand from a number of advertiser categories, seasonality and a loss of Advertising revenues from certain customers, while the decline in paid-search Advertising revenues was primarily due to lower revenues per search query on certain AOL Network properties.
     The Company expects Advertising revenues at the AOL segment for the remainder of 2009 to be less than those generated during the similar period of 2008, primarily reflecting weak economic conditions.

15


Table of Contents

TIME WARNER INC.
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF RESULTS OF OPERATIONS AND FINANCIAL CONDITION – (Continued)
     Costs of revenues decreased 22%, and, as a percentage of revenues, were 49% and 48% for the three months ended March 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively. Costs of revenues decreased primarily due to declines in TAC, and to a lesser extent declines in personnel-related costs primarily associated with reduced headcount. TAC consists of the costs of acquiring third-party online advertising inventory and costs incurred in connection with distributing AOL’s free products or services or otherwise directing traffic to the AOL Network. For the three months ended March 31, 2009, TAC decreased 30% to $133 million in 2009 from $191 million in 2008, due primarily to the decrease in Advertising revenues on the Third Party Network and to a lesser extent declines in new product distribution costs.
     Selling, general and administrative expenses decreased 25% to $128 million for the three months ended March 31, 2009, reflecting a reduction in direct marketing costs primarily due to reduced subscriber acquisition marketing and lower consulting costs.
     In the first quarter of 2009, in an effort to better position its Global Web Services business, AOL undertook a significant restructuring. As a result, for the three months ended March 31, 2009, the Company incurred restructuring charges of $58 million primarily related to involuntary employee terminations and facility closures, and currently expects to incur up to an additional $90 million in restructuring charges during the remainder of 2009. The results for the three months ended March 31, 2008 also included net restructuring charges of $9 million primarily related to involuntary employee terminations and facility closures.
     Operating Income before Depreciation and Amortization decreased due primarily to a decline in revenues, partially offset by lower costs of revenues and selling, general and administrative expenses. Operating Income decreased due primarily to the decrease in Operating Income before Depreciation and Amortization, as discussed above, partially offset by a decrease in depreciation expense as a result of a reduction in network assets due to subscriber declines.
     Excluding the fourth quarter 2008 asset impairments, the Company anticipates that Operating Income before Depreciation and Amortization and Operating Income at the AOL segment during the remainder of 2009 will be less than that generated during the similar period of 2008, primarily resulting from continuing declines in Subscription and Advertising revenues as well as the effect of the current year restructuring activities.
      Corporate. Operating Loss before Depreciation and Amortization and Operating Loss of the Corporate segment for the three months ended March 31, 2009 and 2008 are as follows (millions):
                         
    Three Months Ended March 31,
    2009   2008   % Change
 
                       
Selling, general and administrative (a)
  $ (84 )   $ (96 )     (13 %)
Restructuring costs
          (7 )     100%
 
                   
Operating Loss before Depreciation and Amortization
    (84 )     (103 )     (18 %)
Depreciation
    (10 )     (11 )     (9 %)
 
                   
Operating Loss
  $ (94 )   $ (114 )     (18 %)
 
                   
 
(a)  
Selling, general and administrative expenses exclude depreciation.
     The results for the three months ended March 31, 2008 included $7 million of restructuring costs, due primarily to involuntary employee terminations as a result of the Company’s cost savings initiatives at the Corporate segment.
     Excluding the restructuring costs noted above, Operating Loss before Depreciation and Amortization and Operating Loss decreased due primarily to lower corporate costs, related primarily to the cost savings initiatives, partially offset by an increase in legal and other professional fees related to the defense of various shareholder lawsuits.
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND LIQUIDITY
     Management believes that cash generated by or available to the Company should be sufficient to fund its capital and liquidity needs for the foreseeable future, including quarterly dividend payments and the remainder of its $5 billion common stock repurchase program. Time Warner’s sources of cash include cash provided by operations, cash and equivalents on hand, available borrowing capacity under its committed credit facility and commercial paper program and

16


Table of Contents

TIME WARNER INC.
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF RESULTS OF OPERATIONS AND FINANCIAL CONDITION – (Continued)
access to capital markets. Time Warner’s unused committed capacity at March 31, 2009 was $13.955 billion, including $7.115 billion of cash and equivalents.
     As discussed in “Recent Developments,” as part of the TWC Separation, the Company received $9.253 billion as its portion of the Special Dividend paid by TWC.
     In late January 2009, Google exercised its right to request that AOL register Google’s 5% equity interest for sale in an initial public offering. Time Warner has the right, but not the obligation, to purchase Google’s equity interest for cash or shares of Time Warner common stock based on the appraised fair market value of the equity interest in lieu of conducting an initial public offering. The Company is in discussions with Google and has notified Google of its intention to purchase the 5% equity interest.
Current Financial Condition
     At March 31, 2009, Time Warner had $17.482 billion of debt, $7.115 billion of cash and equivalents (net debt of $10.367 billion, defined as total debt less cash and equivalents) and $35.786 billion of shareholders’ equity, compared to $21.955 billion of debt, $1.233 billion of cash and equivalents (net debt of $20.722 billion, defined as total debt less cash and equivalents) and $42.288 billion of shareholders’ equity at December 31, 2008.
     The following table shows the significant items contributing to the decrease in consolidated net debt from December 31, 2008 to March 31, 2009 (millions):
         
Balance at December 31, 2008
  $ 20,722  
Cash provided by operations from continuing operations
    (1,425 )
Capital expenditures and product development costs
    134  
Dividends paid to common stockholders
    226  
Investments and acquisitions, net (a)
    52  
Proceeds from the sale of investments (a)
    (117 )
Proceeds from the Special Dividend (b)
    (9,253 )
All other, net
    28  
 
     
Balance at March 31, 2009 (c)
  $ 10,367  
 
     
 
(a)  
Refer to “Investing Activities” below for further detail.
(b)  
Refer to “Financing Activities” below for further detail.
(c)  
Included in the net debt balance is $30 million that represents the net unamortized fair value adjustment recognized as a result of the merger of AOL and Historic TW Inc.
     Time Warner had a shelf registration statement (the “Registration Statement”) on file with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) since November 8, 2006 that allowed it to offer and sell from time to time debt securities, preferred stock, common stock and/or warrants to purchase debt and equity securities. As a result of the Company’s $13.955 billion of unused committed capacity at March 31, 2009 and the anticipated expiration in early November 2009 of the Registration Statement, the Company determined it no longer needed the Registration Statement. Accordingly, on April 24, 2009, the Company and the subsidiary guarantors under the Registration Statement submitted filings to the SEC that suspended the reporting obligations with respect to the debt securities (and related guarantees) that were offered and sold pursuant to the Registration Statement and deregistered the securities covered under the Registration Statement that were available for offer and sale.
     The Company has historically invested a portion of its cash on hand in money market funds, including The Reserve Fund’s Primary Fund (“The Reserve Fund”). On the morning of September 15, 2008, the Company requested a full redemption of its approximately $330 million investment in The Reserve Fund, but the redemption request was not honored. On September 22, 2008, The Reserve Fund announced that redemptions of shares were suspended pursuant to an SEC order requested by The Reserve Fund so that an orderly liquidation could be effected. Through April 28, 2009, the Company has received $297 million from The Reserve Fund representing its pro rata share of partial distributions made by The Reserve Fund. The Company has not been informed as to when the remaining amount will be returned. In February 2009, The Reserve Fund announced that it would set aside an initial amount of $3.5 billion to defend against certain legal actions. The Company has filed a claim against The Reserve Fund demanding repayment of the remaining amount of its

17


Table of Contents

TIME WARNER INC.
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF RESULTS OF OPERATIONS AND FINANCIAL CONDITION – (Continued)
full investment. As a result of the status of The Reserve Fund, the Company has classified its receivable from The Reserve Fund at March 31, 2009 as other current assets on the Company’s consolidated balance sheet.
     On July 26, 2007, Time Warner’s Board of Directors authorized a common stock repurchase program that allows the Company to purchase up to an aggregate of $5 billion of common stock. Purchases under this stock repurchase program may be made from time to time on the open market and in privately negotiated transactions. The size and timing of these purchases are based on a number of factors, including price and business and market conditions. From the program’s inception through April 28, 2009, the Company has repurchased approximately 51 million shares of common stock for approximately $2.8 billion, pursuant to trading programs under Rule 10b5-1 of the Exchange Act (Note 6).
     On November 13, 2009, Time Warner’s floating rate notes due November 13, 2009 (aggregate principal amount of $2.000 billion) will mature.
Cash Flows
     Cash and equivalents increased by $5.882 billion, including $2 million of cash used by discontinued operations, and $92 million, including $3 million of cash used by discontinued operations, for the three months ended March 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively. Components of these changes are discussed below in more detail.
Operating Activities from Continuing Operations
     Details of cash provided by operations from continuing operations are as follows (millions):
                 
    Three Months Ended March 31,
    2009   2008
            (recast)
 
               
Operating Income
  $ 1,198     $ 1,311  
Depreciation and amortization
    357       365  
Net interest payments (a)
    (128 )     (200 )
Net income taxes paid (b)
    (52 )     (63 )
Noncash equity-based compensation
    71       75  
Domestic pension plan contributions
    (8 )     (103 )
Merger-related and restructuring payments, net of accruals (c)
    (8 )     78  
All other, net, including working capital changes
    (5 )     153  
 
           
Cash provided by operations from continuing operations
  $ 1,425     $ 1,616  
 
           
 
(a)  
Includes interest income received of $11 million and $22 million in 2009 and 2008, respectively.
(b)  
Includes income tax refunds received of $44 million and $7 million in 2009 and 2008, respectively.
(c)  
Includes payments for merger-related and restructuring costs and payments for certain other merger-related liabilities, net of accruals.
     Cash provided by operations from continuing operations decreased to $1.425 billion in 2009 from $1.616 billion in 2008. The decrease in cash provided by operations from continuing operations was related primarily to a decrease in operating income and a decline in cash provided by working capital, partially offset by a decline in net interest payments and domestic pension plan contributions. The components of working capital are subject to wide fluctuations based on the timing of cash transactions related to production schedules, the acquisition of programming, collection of accounts receivable and similar items. The change in working capital between periods primarily reflects lower cash collections on receivables and the timing of payments for production spending, accounts payable and accrued liabilities.
     As of March 31, 2009, certain of the Company’s domestic defined benefit pension plans were funded by assets in a pension trust totaling $1.556 billion compared to $1.702 billion as of December 31, 2008. Between January 1, 2009 and March 31, 2009, the Company’s plan assets have experienced market losses of approximately 7%. The Company did not make any discretionary cash contributions to its defined benefit plans during the three months ended March 31, 2009. Subject to market conditions and other considerations, the Company may make discretionary cash contributions during the remainder of the year.

18


Table of Contents

TIME WARNER INC.
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF RESULTS OF OPERATIONS AND FINANCIAL CONDITION – (Continued)
Investing Activities from Continuing Operations
     Details of cash provided (used) by investing activities from continuing operations are as follows (millions):
                 
    Three Months Ended March 31,
    2009   2008
            (recast)
 
               
Investments in available-for-sale securities
  $ (2 )   $  
Investments and acquisitions, net of cash acquired:
               
buy.at
          (124 )
All other
    (50 )     (129 )
Capital expenditures and product development costs
    (134 )     (146 )
Special Dividend received from TWC
    9,253        
All other investment and asset sale proceeds
    117       30  
 
           
Cash provided (used) by investing activities from continuing operations
  $ 9,184     $ (369 )
 
           
     Cash provided by investing activities from continuing operations was $9.184 billion for the three months ended March 31, 2009 compared to cash used by investing activities from continuing operations of $369 million for the three months ended March 31, 2008. The change in cash provided (used) by investing activities from continuing operations was primarily due to the receipt of the Special Dividend and a decline in investments and acquisitions.
Financing Activities from Continuing Operations
     Details of cash used by financing activities from continuing operations are as follows (millions):
                 
    Three Months Ended March 31,
    2009   2008
            (recast)
Borrowings (a)
  $ 3,507     $ 2,112  
Debt repayments (a)
    (7,986 )     (2,716 )
Proceeds from exercise of stock options
          34  
Excess tax benefit on stock options
          2  
Principal payments on capital leases
    (11 )     (10 )
Repurchases of common stock
          (332 )
Dividends paid
    (226 )     (224 )
Other financing activities
    (9 )     (18 )
 
           
Cash used by financing activities from continuing operations
  $ (4,725 )   $ (1,152 )
 
           
 
(a)  
The Company reflects borrowings under its bank credit agreements on a gross basis in the consolidated statement of cash flows and reflects short-term commercial paper on a net basis, as provided for under FASB Statement No. 95, Statement of Cash Flows .
     Cash used by financing activities from continuing operations increased to $4.725 billion for the three months ended March 31, 2009 from $1.152 billion for the three months ended March 31, 2008. The change in cash used by financing activities from continuing operations was primarily due to an increase in debt repayments. The Company used a portion of the $9.253 billion Special Dividend to repay in full the $2.0 billion three-year unsecured term loan facility (plus accrued interest) and repay all amounts outstanding under the TW Revolving Facility (defined below).

19


Table of Contents

TIME WARNER INC.
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF RESULTS OF OPERATIONS AND FINANCIAL CONDITION – (Continued)
Cash Flows from Discontinued Operations
     Details of cash used by discontinued operations are as follows (millions):
                 
    Three Months Ended March 31,
    2009   2008
            (recast)
Cash provided by operations from discontinued operations
  $ 582     $ 1,180  
Cash used by investing activities from discontinued operations
    (622 )     (841 )
Cash used by financing activities from discontinued operations
    (5,224 )     (348 )
Effect of change in cash and equivalents of discontinued operations
    5,262       6  
 
           
Cash used by discontinued operations
  $ (2 )   $ (3 )
 
           
     Cash used by discontinued operations reflects cash activity of discontinued operations for the period from January 1, 2009 through March 12, 2009, the Distribution Record Date, and for the full three-month period ended March 31, 2008. Cash provided by operations from discontinued operations decreased to $582 million for the three months ended March 31, 2009 from $1.180 billion for the three months ended March 31, 2008, primarily reflecting a change in working capital resulting from the timing of programming payments and cash collections and a decrease in income from discontinued operations, net of tax. Cash used by investing activities from discontinued operations decreased to $622 million for the three months ended March 31, 2009 from $841 million for the three months ended March 31, 2008 due primarily to a decrease in capital expenditures. Cash used by financing activities from discontinued operations increased to $5.224 billion for the three months ended March 31, 2009 from $348 million for the three months ended March 31, 2008 primarily due to the payment of the Special Dividend, partially offset by an increase in borrowings.
Outstanding Debt and Other Financing Arrangements
Outstanding Debt and Committed Financial Capacity
     At March 31, 2009, Time Warner had total committed capacity, defined as maximum available borrowings under various existing debt arrangements and cash and short-term investments, of $31.497 billion. Of this committed capacity, $13.955 billion was unused and $17.482 billion was outstanding as debt. At March 31, 2009, total committed capacity, outstanding letters of credit, unamortized discount on commercial paper, outstanding debt and total unused committed capacity were as follows (millions):
                                         
                    Unamortized                
                    Discount on             Unused  
    Committed     Letters of     Commercial     Outstanding     Committed  
    Capacity (a)     Credit (b)     Paper     Debt (c)     Capacity (d)  
Cash and equivalents
  $ 7,115     $     $     $     $ 7,115  
Bank credit agreement and commercial paper program
    6,900       60                   6,840  
Floating-rate public debt (d)
    2,000                   2,000        
Fixed-rate public debt
    15,227                   15,227        
Other fixed-rate obligations (e)
    255                   255        
 
                             
Total
  $ 31,497     $ 60     $     $ 17,482     $ 13,955  
 
                             
 
(a)  
The bank credit agreement, commercial paper program and public debt of the Company rank pari passu with the senior debt of the respective obligors thereon. The Company’s maturity profile of its outstanding debt and other financing arrangements is relatively long-term, with a weighted maturity of approximately 11.5 years as of March 31, 2009.
(b)  
Represents the portion of committed capacity reserved for outstanding and undrawn letters of credit.
(c)  
Represents principal amounts adjusted for premiums and discounts.
(d)  
The Company has classified $2.000 billion in debt of Time Warner due within the next twelve months as short-term in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet.
(e)  
Includes debt due within one year of $80 million that relates to capital lease and other obligations.

20


Table of Contents

TIME WARNER INC.
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF RESULTS OF OPERATIONS AND FINANCIAL CONDITION – (Continued)
Repayment and Termination of $2.0 Billion Term Facility
     As discussed in “Recent Developments,” on March 17, 2009, the Company used a portion of the proceeds it received from the Special Dividend to repay in full the $2.0 billion outstanding (plus accrued interest) under the Term Facility and terminated the Term Facility. Time Warner did not incur any early termination or prepayment penalties in connection with the termination of the Term Facility.
Termination of Supplemental Credit Agreement
     As discussed in “Recent Developments,” on March 12, 2009, TWC borrowed the full committed amount of $1.932 billion under the TWC Bridge Facility, all of which was used to pay a portion of the Special Dividend. On March 26, 2009, TWC completed an offering of $3.0 billion in aggregate principal amount of debt securities and used a portion of the net proceeds from the offering to prepay in full the outstanding loans and all other amounts due under the TWC Bridge Facility, and the TWC Bridge Facility was terminated in accordance with its terms. Concurrently with the termination of the TWC Bridge Facility and pursuant to the terms of the Supplemental Credit Agreement, on March 26, 2009, TWC terminated the commitments of Time Warner under the Supplemental Credit Facility, and the Supplemental Credit Agreement was terminated in accordance with its terms.
Amendments to Revolving Facility
     On March 11, 2009, the Company entered into the first and second amendments to the amended and restated credit agreement (the “Revolving Credit Agreement”) for its senior unsecured five-year revolving credit facility (the “Revolving Facility”). The first amendment terminated the $100 million commitment of Lehman Commercial Paper Inc. (“LCPI”), a subsidiary of Lehman Brothers Holdings Inc., which filed a petition for bankruptcy under Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code in September 2008, reducing the committed amount of the Revolving Facility from $7.0 billion to $6.9 billion. The second amendment, among other things, amended the Revolving Credit Agreement to (i) expand the circumstances under which any other lender under the Revolving Facility would become a Defaulting Lender (as defined in the Revolving Credit Agreement, as amended) and (ii) permit Time Warner to terminate the commitment of any such lender on terms substantially similar to those applicable to LCPI under the first amendment to the Revolving Credit Agreement.
Consent Solicitation
     On April 15, 2009, the Company completed a solicitation of consents (the “Consent Solicitation”) from the holders of the debt securities (the “Securities”) issued by Time Warner Inc. and its subsidiaries under all of the indentures governing the publicly traded debt securities of the Company and its subsidiaries other than the indenture entered into in November 2006 (collectively, the “Indentures”), resulting in the adoption on April 16, 2009 of certain amendments to each Indenture that provide that certain restrictive covenants will not apply (subject to the concurrent or prior issuance of the guarantee by HBO discussed below) to a conveyance or transfer by AOL LLC of its properties and assets substantially as an entirety, unless such conveyance or transfer constitutes a conveyance or transfer of the properties and assets of the issuer and the guarantors under the relevant Indenture and their respective subsidiaries, taken as a whole, substantially as an entirety. As a result of the Consent Solicitation, prior to or concurrently with a conveyance or transfer of AOL LLC’s properties and assets substantially as an entirety, HBO will issue a guarantee of the obligations of Historic TW Inc. (“Historic TW”) (including in its capacity as successor to Time Warner Companies, Inc.), whether as issuer or guarantor, under the Indentures and the Securities. Such guarantee will be issued by HBO only in connection with such a transaction.
Programming Licensing Backlog
     Programming licensing backlog represents the amount of future revenues not yet recorded from cash contracts for the licensing of theatrical and television product for pay cable, basic cable, network and syndicated television exhibition. Backlog was approximately $4.1 billion at both March 31, 2009 and December 31, 2008. Included in these amounts is licensing of film product from the Filmed Entertainment segment to the Networks segment in the amount of $875 million and $967 million at March 31, 2009 and December 31, 2008, respectively.

21


Table of Contents

TIME WARNER INC.
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF RESULTS OF OPERATIONS AND FINANCIAL CONDITION – (Continued)
Customer Credit Risk
     Credit risk in the Company’s businesses originates from sales of various products and services and is dispersed among many different counterparties. At March 31, 2009, no single customer of the Company had a receivable balance that was greater than 5% of the Company’s total net receivables. As a result of the current economic environment, a number of customers that purchase products and services from the Company are experiencing financial challenges (including bankruptcy in some cases). It is possible that some of these customers may not pay amounts owed or expected. It is also possible that these customers or others may not have the financial means to purchase the Company’s products or services in the future. If these events occur, they could have an adverse impact on the Company’s operating results and cash flows.
CAUTION CONCERNING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
     This document contains “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995, particularly statements anticipating future trends in revenues, Operating Income before Depreciation and Amortization, Operating Income and cash from operations. Words such as “anticipates,” “estimates,” “expects,” “projects,” “intends,” “plans,” “believes” and words and terms of similar substance used in connection with any discussion of future operating or financial performance identify forward-looking statements. These forward-looking statements are based on management’s current expectations and beliefs about future events. As with any projection or forecast, they are inherently susceptible to uncertainty and changes in circumstances, and the Company is under no obligation to, and expressly disclaims any obligation to, update or alter its forward-looking statements whether as a result of such changes, new information, subsequent events or otherwise.
     Various factors could adversely affect the operations, business or financial results of Time Warner or its business segments in the future and cause Time Warner’s actual results to differ materially from those contained in the forward-looking statements, including those factors discussed in detail in Item 1A, “Risk Factors,” in the 2008 Form 10-K and in Time Warner’s other filings made from time to time with the SEC after the date of this report. In addition, Time Warner operates in highly competitive, consumer and technology-driven and rapidly changing media, entertainment and interactive services. These businesses are affected by government regulation, economic, strategic, political and social conditions, consumer response to new and existing products and services, technological developments and, particularly in view of new technologies, the continued ability to protect intellectual property rights. Time Warner’s actual results could differ materially from management’s expectations because of changes in such factors.
     Further, for Time Warner generally, lower than expected valuations associated with the cash flows and revenues at Time Warner’s segments may result in Time Warner’s inability to realize the value of recorded intangibles and goodwill at those segments. In addition, achieving the Company’s financial objectives, including growth in operations, maintaining financial ratios and a strong balance sheet, could be adversely affected by the factors discussed in detail in Item 1A, “Risk Factors,” in the 2008 Form 10-K, as well as:
   
a longer than anticipated continuation of the current economic slowdown or further deterioration in the economy;
   
decreased liquidity in the capital markets, including any reduction in the ability to access the capital markets for debt securities or bank financings;
   
the impact of terrorist acts and hostilities;
   
changes in the Company’s plans, strategies and intentions;
   
the impacts of significant acquisitions, dispositions and other similar transactions; and
   
the failure to meet earnings expectations.

22


Table of Contents

TIME WARNER INC.
Item 4. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES
Item 4. Controls and Procedures.
Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures
     The Company, under the supervision and with the participation of its management, including the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, evaluated the effectiveness of the design and operation of the Company’s “disclosure controls and procedures” (as such term is defined in Rule 13a-15(e) under the Exchange Act) as of the end of the period covered by this report. Based on that evaluation, the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer concluded that the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures are effective to ensure that information required to be disclosed in reports filed or submitted by the Company under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms and that information required to be disclosed by the Company is accumulated and communicated to the Company’s management to allow timely decisions regarding the required disclosure.
Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
     There have not been any changes in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting during the quarter ended March 31, 2009 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, its internal control over financial reporting.

23


Table of Contents

TIME WARNER INC.
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET
(Unaudited; millions, except per share amounts)
                 
    March 31,   December 31,
    2009   2008
            (recast)
ASSETS
               
Current assets
               
Cash and equivalents
  $ 7,115     $ 1,233  
Receivables, less allowances of $1,878 and $2,269
    4,674       5,664  
Inventories
    2,050       1,989  
Deferred income taxes
    723       624  
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
    725       772  
Current assets of discontinued operations
          6,480  
 
           
Total current assets
    15,287       16,762  
 
               
Noncurrent inventories and film costs
    5,054       5,192  
Investments, including available-for-sale securities
    944       1,036  
Property, plant and equipment, net
    4,769       4,896  
Intangible assets subject to amortization, net
    3,492       3,564  
Intangible assets not subject to amortization
    7,723       7,728  
Goodwill
    32,357       32,428  
Other assets
    1,203       1,220  
Noncurrent assets of discontinued operations
          41,231  
 
           
Total assets
  $ 70,829     $ 114,057  
 
           
 
               
LIABILITIES AND EQUITY
               
Current liabilities
               
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities
  $ 7,789     $ 8,194  
Deferred revenue
    966       1,012  
Debt due within one year
    2,080       2,066  
Current liabilities of discontinued operations
    52       2,865  
 
           
Total current liabilities
    10,887       14,137  
 
               
Long-term debt
    15,402       19,889  
Deferred income taxes
    1,127       974  
Deferred revenue
    273       266  
Other noncurrent liabilities
    6,712       6,801  
Noncurrent liabilities of discontinued operations
          26,320  
Commitments and contingencies(Note 12)
               
 
               
Equity
               
Time Warner common stock, $0.01 par value, 1.631 and 1.630 billion shares issued and 1.196 and 1.196 billion shares outstanding
    16       16  
Paid-in-capital
    162,116       169,564  
Treasury stock, at cost (434 million and 434 million shares)
    (25,836 )     (25,836 )
Accumulated other comprehensive loss, net
    (1,392 )     (1,676 )
Accumulated deficit
    (99,118 )     (99,780 )
 
           
Total Time Warner Inc. shareholders’ equity
    35,786       42,288  
Noncontrolling interests (including $0 and $2,751 attributable to discontinued operations)
    642       3,382  
 
           
Total equity
    36,428       45,670  
 
           
Total liabilities and equity
  $ 70,829     $ 114,057  
 
           
See accompanying notes.

24


Table of Contents

TIME WARNER INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
Three Months Ended March 31,
(Unaudited; millions, except per share amounts)
                 
    2009   2008
            (recast)
Revenues:
               
Subscription
  $ 2,559     $ 2,608  
Advertising
    1,540       1,828  
Content
    2,636       2,809  
Other
    210       225  
 
           
Total revenues
    6,945       7,470  
Costs of revenues
    (3,880 )     (4,167 )
Selling, general and administrative
    (1,652 )     (1,732 )
Amortization of intangible assets
    (121 )     (118 )
Restructuring costs
    (94 )     (142 )
 
           
Operating income
    1,198       1,311  
Interest expense, net
    (312 )     (347 )
Other loss, net
    (39 )     (59 )
 
           
Income from continuing operations before income taxes
    847       905  
Income tax provision
    (288 )     (345 )
 
           
Income from continuing operations
    559       560  
Discontinued operations, net of tax
    131       262  
 
           
Net income
    690       822  
Less Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests
    (29 )     (51 )
 
           
Net income attributable to Time Warner Inc. shareholders
  $ 661     $ 771  
 
           
 
               
Amounts attributable to Time Warner Inc. shareholders:
               
Income from continuing operations
  $ 555     $ 548  
Discontinued operations, net of tax
    106       223  
 
           
Net income
  $ 661     $ 771  
 
           
 
               
Per share information attributable to Time Warner Inc. common shareholders:
               
Basic income per common share from continuing operations
  $ 0.46     $ 0.46  
Discontinued operations
    0.09       0.19  
 
           
Basic net income per common share
  $ 0.55     $ 0.65  
 
           
Average basic common shares outstanding
    1,196.1       1,193.0  
 
           
 
               
Diluted income per common share from continuing operations
  $ 0.46     $ 0.46  
Discontinued operations
    0.09       0.18  
 
           
Diluted net income per common share
  $ 0.55     $ 0.64  
 
           
Average diluted common shares outstanding
    1,200.3       1,200.2  
 
           
 
               
Cash dividends declared per share of common stock
  $ 0.1875     $ 0.1875  
 
           
See accompanying notes.

25


Table of Contents

TIME WARNER INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
Three Months Ended March 31,
(Unaudited; millions)
                 
    2009   2008
            (recast)
OPERATIONS
               
Net income
  $ 690     $ 822  
Less Discontinued operations, net of tax
    131       262  
 
           
Net income from continuing operations
    559       560  
Adjustments for noncash and nonoperating items:
               
Depreciation and amortization
    357       365  
Amortization of film and television costs
    1,624       1,377  
Loss on investments and other assets, net
    2       26  
Equity in losses of investee companies, net of cash distributions
    22       19  
Equity-based compensation
    71       75  
Deferred income taxes
    (40 )     37  
Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of acquisitions
    (1,170 )     (843 )
 
           
Cash provided by operations from continuing operations
    1,425       1,616  
 
           
INVESTING ACTIVITIES
               
Investments in available-for-sale securities
    (2 )      
Investments and acquisitions, net of cash acquired
    (50 )     (253 )
Capital expenditures and product development costs
    (134 )     (146 )
Investment proceeds from available-for-sale securities
    5        
Special Dividend received from Time Warner Cable Inc.
    9,253        
Other investment proceeds
    112       30  
 
           
Cash provided (used) by investing activities from continuing operations
    9,184       (369 )
 
           
FINANCING ACTIVITIES
               
Borrowings
    3,507       2,112  
Debt repayments
    (7,986 )     (2,716 )
Proceeds from exercise of stock options
          34  
Excess tax benefit on stock options
          2  
Principal payments on capital leases
    (11 )     (10 )
Repurchases of common stock
          (332 )
Dividends paid
    (226 )     (224 )
Other financing activities
    (9 )     (18 )
 
           
Cash used by financing activities from continuing operations
    (4,725 )     (1,152 )
 
           
Cash provided by continuing operations
    5,884       95  
 
           
 
               
Cash provided by operations from discontinued operations
    582       1,180  
Cash used by investing activities from discontinued operations
    (622 )     (841 )
Cash used by financing activities from discontinued operations
    (5,224 )     (348 )
Effect of change in cash and equivalents of discontinued operations
    5,262       6  
 
           
Cash used by discontinued operations
    (2 )     (3 )
 
           
INCREASE IN CASH AND EQUIVALENTS
    5,882       92  
CASH AND EQUIVALENTS AT BEGINNING OF PERIOD
    1,233       1,285  
 
           
CASH AND EQUIVALENTS AT END OF PERIOD
  $ 7,115     $ 1,377  
 
           
See accompanying notes.

26


Table of Contents

TIME WARNER INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF EQUITY
Three Months Ended March 31,
(Unaudited; millions, except per share amounts)
                                                 
    2009     2008  
    Time Warner     Noncontrolling             Time Warner     Noncontrolling        
    Shareholders     Interests     Total Equity     Shareholders     Interests     Total Equity  
                                    (recast)          
BALANCE AT BEGINNING OF PERIOD
  $ 42,288     $ 3,382     $ 45,670     $ 58,536     $ 4,322     $ 62,858  
Net income
    661       29       690       771       51       822  
Other comprehensive income
    (107 )           (107 )     (61 )     1       (60 )
 
                                   
Comprehensive income
    554       29       583       710       52       762  
Cash dividends ($0.1875 per common share)
    (226 )           (226 )     (224 )           (224 )
Common stock repurchases
                      (299 )           (299 )
Impact of adopting new accounting pronouncements (a)
                      (13 )           (13 )
Time Warner Cable Inc. Special Dividend
          (1,603 )     (1,603 )                  
Time Warner Cable Inc. Spin-off
    (6,822 )     (1,167 )     (7,989 )                  
Other
    (8 )     1       (7 )     2       8       10  
 
                                   
BALANCE AT END OF PERIOD
  $ 35,786     $ 642     $ 36,428     $ 58,712     $ 4,382     $ 63,094  
 
                                   
 
(a)  
For the three months ended March 31, 2008, amount reflects the impact of adopting the provisions of Emerging Issues Task Force (“EITF”) Issue No. 06-10, Accounting for Collateral Assignment Split-Dollar Life Insurance Arrangements (“EITF 06-10”), and EITF Issue No. 06-04, Accounting for Deferred Compensation and Postretirement Benefits Aspects of Endorsement Split-Dollar Life Insurance Arrangements (“EITF 06-04”).
See accompanying notes.

27


Table of Contents

TIME WARNER INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
1.   DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS, BASIS OF PRESENTATION AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
Description of Business
     Time Warner Inc. (“Time Warner” or the “Company”) is a leading media and entertainment company, whose businesses include television networks, filmed entertainment, publishing and interactive services. Time Warner classifies its operations into four reportable segments: Networks: consisting principally of cable television networks that provide programming; Filmed Entertainment: consisting principally of feature film, television and home video production and distribution; Publishing: consisting principally of magazine publishing; and AOL: consisting principally of interactive consumer and advertising services. Financial information for Time Warner’s various reportable segments is presented in Note 11.
Changes in Basis of Presentation
     The 2008 financial information has been recast so that the basis of presentation is consistent with that of the 2009 financial information. This recast reflects (i) the financial condition and results of operations of Time Warner Cable Inc. (“TWC”) as discontinued operations for all periods presented, (ii) the adoption of Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“Statement”) No. 160, Noncontrolling Interests in Consolidated Financial Statements – an amendment of ARB No. 51 (“FAS 160”), (iii) the adoption of FASB Staff Position (“FSP”) Emerging Issues Task Force (“EITF”) Issue No. 03-6-1, Determining Whether Instruments Granted in Share-Based Payment Transactions Are Participating Securities (“FSP No. EITF 03-6-1”), and (iv) the 1-for-3 reverse stock split of the Company’s common stock that became effective on March 27, 2009.
TWC Separation from Time Warner
     On March 12, 2009 (the “Distribution Record Date”), the Company disposed of all of its shares of TWC common stock. The disposition was made pursuant to a separation agreement entered into on May 20, 2008, among Time Warner, TWC and certain of their subsidiaries (the “Separation Agreement”) for the purpose of achieving the legal and structural separation of TWC from Time Warner (the “TWC Separation”). The TWC Separation was effected as a pro rata dividend of all shares of TWC common stock held by Time Warner in a spin-off (the “Distribution”) to Time Warner stockholders.
     Prior to the Distribution Record Date, on March 12, 2009, TWC, in accordance with the terms of the Separation Agreement, paid a special cash dividend of $10.27 per share to all holders of TWC Class A Common Stock and TWC Class B Common Stock as of the close of business on March 11, 2009 (aggregating $10.856 billion) (the “Special Dividend”) that resulted in the receipt by Time Warner of $9.253 billion.
     With the completion of the TWC Separation, the Company disposed of the Cable segment in its entirety. Accordingly, the Company has presented the financial condition and results of operations of the Cable segment as discontinued operations in the consolidated financial statements for all periods presented. For a summary of discontinued operations see Note 2.

28


Table of Contents

TIME WARNER INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
Noncontrolling Interests
     On January 1, 2009, the Company adopted the provisions of FAS 160. The provisions of FAS 160 establish accounting and reporting standards for the noncontrolling interest in a consolidated subsidiary, including the accounting treatment upon the deconsolidation of a subsidiary. FAS 160 is being applied prospectively, except for the provisions related to the presentation of noncontrolling interests. As of March 31, 2009 and December 31, 2008, noncontrolling interests of $642 million and $3.382 billion, respectively, have been classified as a component of equity in the consolidated balance sheet. For the three months ended March 31, 2009 and 2008, net income attributable to noncontrolling interests of $29 million and $51 million, respectively, is included in net income. Earnings per share has not been affected as a result of the adoption of the provisions of FAS 160.
Determining Whether Instruments Granted in Share-Based Payment Transactions are Participating Securities
     On January 1, 2009, the Company adopted the provisions of FSP No. EITF 03-6-1. The provisions of FSP No. EITF 03-6-1 require that all outstanding unvested share-based payment awards that contain rights to nonforfeitable dividends or dividend equivalents (such as restricted stock units granted by the Company) be considered participating securities. Because the awards are participating securities, the Company is required to apply the two-class method of computing basic and diluted earnings per share (the “Two-Class Method”). The retrospective application of the provisions of FSP No. EITF 03-6-1 did not change any prior-period earnings per share amounts.
Basis of Presentation
Basis of Consolidation
     The consolidated financial statements include 100% of the assets, liabilities, revenues, expenses and cash flows of Time Warner and all voting interest entities in which Time Warner has a controlling voting interest (“subsidiaries”). In addition, FASB Interpretation No. 46R, Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities (“FIN 46R”), applies to certain entities in which equity investors do not have the characteristics of a controlling financial interest or do not have sufficient equity at risk for the entity to finance its activities without additional subordinated financial support from other parties (a “VIE”). The primary beneficiary of a VIE is the party that absorbs the majority of the entity’s expected losses, receives the majority of its expected residual returns, or both, as a result of holding variable interests. In accordance with FIN 46R, the Company consolidates those VIEs of which it is the primary beneficiary. Intercompany accounts and transactions between consolidated companies have been eliminated in consolidation.
     The Company’s investments in entities determined to be VIEs principally consisted of certain investments in its Networks segment, primarily HBO Asia and HBO South Asia (collectively “HBO Asia”) and HBO Latin America Group (“HBO LAG”). For the three months ended March 31, 2009, HBO Asia and HBO LAG collectively had revenues and operating income of $109 million and $24 million, respectively. As of March 31, 2009, total assets, liabilities and noncontrolling interest attributable to HBO Asia and HBO LAG were $875 million (including goodwill and intangible assets of $683 million), $128 million and $394 million, respectively. Such amounts are included in the consolidated statement of operations and consolidated balance sheet.
     The financial position and operating results of substantially all foreign operations are consolidated using the local currency as the functional currency. Local currency assets and liabilities are translated at the rates of exchange on the balance sheet date, and local currency revenues and expenses are translated at average rates of exchange during the period. Translation gains or losses of assets and liabilities are included in the consolidated statement of shareholders’ equity as a component of Accumulated other comprehensive income, net.
Use of Estimates
     The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) requires management to make estimates, judgments and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements and footnotes thereto. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

29


Table of Contents

TIME WARNER INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
     Significant estimates inherent in the preparation of the consolidated financial statements include reserves established for accounting for asset impairments, allowances for doubtful accounts, depreciation and amortization, film ultimate revenues, home video and magazine returns, business combinations, pension and other postretirement benefits, equity-based compensation, income taxes, contingencies, litigation matters and certain programming arrangements.
Interim Financial Statements
     The consolidated financial statements are unaudited; however, in the opinion of management, they contain all the adjustments (consisting of those of a normal recurring nature) considered necessary to present fairly the financial position, the results of operations and cash flows for the periods presented in conformity with GAAP applicable to interim periods. The consolidated financial statements should be read in conjunction with the audited consolidated financial statements of Time Warner included in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008 (the “2008 Form 10-K”).
Recent Accounting Standards Adopted in 2009
     In addition to the adoption of FAS 160 and FSP No. EITF 03-6-1 as discussed in “Changes in Basis of Presentation,” the Company has also adopted the following accounting standards in 2009:
Fair Value Measurements
     On January 1, 2009, the Company adopted the provisions of FASB Statement No. 157, Fair Value Measurements (“FAS 157”) related to nonfinancial assets and liabilities on a prospective basis. FAS 157 establishes the authoritative definition of fair value, sets out a framework for measuring fair value and expands the required disclosures about fair value measurement. On January 1, 2008, the Company adopted the provisions of FAS 157 related to financial assets and liabilities as well as other assets and liabilities carried at fair value on a recurring basis. The adoption of the provisions of FAS 157 did not affect the Company’s historical consolidated financial statements. For more information, see Note 4.
Business Combinations
     On January 1, 2009, the Company adopted the provisions of FASB Statement No. 141 (revised 2007), Business Combinations (“FAS 141R”) and is applying such provisions prospectively to business combinations that have an acquisition date on or after January 1, 2009. FAS 141R establishes principles and requirements for how an acquirer in a business combination (i) recognizes and measures in its financial statements the identifiable assets acquired, the liabilities assumed, and any noncontrolling interest in the acquiree, (ii) recognizes and measures goodwill acquired in a business combination or a gain from a bargain purchase, and (iii) determines what information to disclose to enable users of financial statements to evaluate the nature and financial effects of the business combination. In addition, FAS 141R requires that changes in the amount of acquired tax attributes be included in the Company’s results of operations. While FAS 141R applies only to business combinations with an acquisition date after its effective date, the amendments to FASB Statement No. 109, Accounting for Income Taxes (“FAS 109”), with respect to deferred tax valuation allowances and liabilities for income tax uncertainties have been applied to all deferred tax valuation allowances and liabilities for income tax uncertainties recognized in prior business combinations. The adoption of the provisions of FAS 141R did not affect the Company’s historical consolidated financial statements.
Disclosures about Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities
     On January 1, 2009, the Company adopted the provisions of FASB Statement No. 161, Disclosures about Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities, an Amendment of FASB Statement No. 133 (“FAS 161”). The provisions of FAS 161 amend and expand the disclosure requirements for derivative instruments and hedging activities by requiring enhanced disclosures about (i) how and why an entity uses derivative instruments, (ii) how derivative instruments and related hedged items are accounted for under FAS 133 and its related interpretations, and (iii) how derivative instruments and related hedged items affect an entity’s financial position, financial performance, and cash flows. The adoption of the provisions of FAS 161 requires prospective disclosures and accordingly did not affect the Company’s historical consolidated financial statements. For more information, see Note 10.

30


Table of Contents

TIME WARNER INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
Accounting for Collaborative Arrangements
     On January 1, 2009, the Company adopted the provisions of EITF Issue No. 07-1, Accounting for Collaborative Arrangements (“EITF 07-1”). EITF 07-1 defines collaborative arrangements and establishes accounting and reporting requirements for transactions between participants in the arrangement and third parties. The Company’s collaborative arrangements primarily relate to arrangements entered into with third parties to jointly finance and distribute theatrical productions. These arrangements, which are referred to as co-financing arrangements, take various forms. In most cases, the form of the arrangement is the sale of an economic interest in a film to an investor. The Filmed Entertainment segment generally records the amounts received for the sale of an economic interest as a reduction of the cost of the film, as the investor assumes full risk for that portion of the film asset acquired in these transactions. The substance of these arrangements is that the third-party investors own an interest in the film and, therefore, in each period the Company reflects in the statement of operations either a charge or benefit to costs of revenues to reflect the estimate of the third-party investor’s interest in the profits or losses incurred on the film. Consistent with the requirements of Statement of Position 00-2, Accounting by Producers or Distributors of Films (“SOP 00-2”), the estimate of the third-party investor’s interest in profits or losses incurred on the film is determined by reference to the ratio of actual revenue earned to date in relation to total estimated ultimate revenues. For the three months ended March 31, 2009 and 2008, participation costs of $68 million and $124 million, respectively, were recorded in costs of revenues and net amounts received from collaborators for which capitalized film costs were reduced was $38 million and $58 million, respectively. As of March 31, 2009 and December 31, 2008, the net amount due to collaborators for their share of participations was $280 million and $276 million, respectively, and were recorded in participations payable in the consolidated balance sheet. The provisions of EITF 07-1 did not affect the Company’s historical consolidated financial statements.
Recent Accounting Standards Not Yet Adopted
Interim Disclosures about Fair Value of Financial Instruments
     In April 2009, the FASB staff issued FSP No. FAS 107-1 and APB 28-1, Interim Disclosures about Fair Value of Financial Instruments (“FSP No. FAS 107-1 and APB 28-1”). This FSP amends FASB Statement No. 107, Disclosures about Fair Value of Financial Instruments , to require disclosures about fair value of financial instruments in interim financial statements as well as in annual financial statements. This FSP also amends Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 28 , Interim Financial Reporting , to require these disclosures in all interim financial statements. The provisions of FSP No. FAS 107-1 and APB 28-1 became effective for Time Warner on April 1, 2009, will be applied prospectively beginning in the second quarter of 2009 and are not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.
Recognition and Presentation of Other-Than-Temporary-Impairments
     In April 2009, the FASB staff issued FSP No. FAS 115-2 and FAS 124-2, Recognition and Presentation of Other-Than-Temporary-Impairments (“FSP No. FAS 115-2 and FAS 124-2”). This FSP incorporates impairment guidance for debt securities from various sources of authoritative literature and clarifies the interaction of the factors that should be considered when determining whether a debt security is other than temporarily impaired. The provisions of FSP No. FAS 115-2 and FAS 124-2 became effective for Time Warner on April 1, 2009, will be applied prospectively beginning in the second quarter of 2009 and are not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

31


Table of Contents

TIME WARNER INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
Determining Fair Value When the Volume and Level of Activity for the Asset or Liability Have Significantly Decreased and Identifying Transactions That Are Not Orderly
     In April 2009, the FASB staff issued FSP No. FAS 157-4, Determining Fair Value When the Volume and Level of Activity for the Asset or Liability Have Significantly Decreased and Identifying Transactions That Are Not Orderly (“FSP No. FAS 157-4”). This FSP provides additional guidance for estimating fair value in accordance with FAS 157 when the volume and level of activity for the asset or liability have significantly decreased. This FSP also includes guidance on identifying circumstances that indicate a transaction is not orderly (i.e., a forced liquidation or distressed sale). The provisions of FSP No. FAS 157-4 became effective for Time Warner on April 1, 2009, are being applied prospectively beginning in the second quarter of 2009 and are not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.
Income Per Common Share
     Basic income per common share is determined using the Two-Class Method and is computed by dividing net income attributable to Time Warner Inc. common shareholders by the weighted-average common shares outstanding during the period. The Two-Class Method is an earnings allocation formula that determines income per share for each class of common stock and participating security according to dividends declared and participation rights in undistributed earnings. Diluted income per common share reflects the more dilutive earnings per share amount calculated using the treasury stock method or the Two-Class Method. For the three months ended March 31, 2009 and 2008, both the Two-Class Method and the treasury stock method calculation for diluted income per common share attributable to Time Warner Inc. common shareholders yielded the same result.
     Set forth below is a reconciliation of basic and diluted income per common share from continuing operations (millions, except per share amounts):
                 
    Three Months Ended March 31,  
    2009     2008  
            (recast)  
Income from continuing operations attributable to Time Warner Inc. shareholders
  $ 555     $ 548  
Income allocated to participating securities (restricted stock and restricted stock units)
    (2 )     (1 )
 
           
Income from continuing operations attributable to Time Warner Inc. common shareholders — basic
  $ 553     $ 547  
 
           
 
               
Average number of common shares outstanding — basic
    1,196.1       1,193.0  
Dilutive effect of equity awards
    4.2       7.2  
 
           
Average number of common shares outstanding — diluted
    1,200.3       1,200.2  
 
           
 
               
Income per common share from continuing operations attributable to Time Warner Inc. common shareholders:
               
Basic
  $ 0.46     $ 0.46  
Diluted
  $ 0.46     $ 0.46  
     Diluted income per common share for the three months ended March 31, 2009 and 2008, excludes approximately 184 million and 133 million, respectively, common shares that may be issued under the Company’s stock compensation plans because they do not have a dilutive effect.
Interim Impairment Testing of Goodwill at AOL
     As discussed in more detail in Note 1 to the Company’s consolidated financial statements in the 2008 Form 10-K, goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets are tested annually for impairment during the fourth quarter or earlier upon the occurrence of certain events or substantive changes in circumstances. Although the Board of Directors has not made any decisions related to AOL, management anticipates that it would initiate a process to spin off one or more parts of the business of AOL to Time Warner stockholders, in one or a series of transactions. As a result, the Company was required

32


Table of Contents

TIME WARNER INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
under FASB Statement No. 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets (“FAS 142”) to test goodwill at AOL as of March 31, 2009 (the “interim testing date”).
     In determining the fair value of AOL for the interim impairment analysis, the Company used a market based approach. The market based approach to determine fair value involves the exercise of judgment in identifying the relevant comparable company market multiples. The market multiples identified by the Company were multiplied by AOL’s 2009 earnings forecast in determining the estimated fair value of AOL. Such fair value exceeded AOL’s net book value and therefore did not result in an impairment charge.
     If the fair value of the AOL reporting unit had been hypothetically lower by 20% at March 31, 2009, the fair value of the AOL reporting unit would have exceeded its book value. In addition, if the fair value of the AOL reporting unit had been hypothetically lower by 30% at March 31, 2009, the book value of the AOL reporting unit would have exceeded its fair value by approximately $100 million. If the book value of the AOL reporting unit had been greater than its fair value, the second step of the goodwill impairment test would have been required to be performed to determine the ultimate amount of impairment loss to recognize.
2.   BUSINESS ACQUISITIONS, DISPOSITIONS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS
CME Investment
     On March 23, 2009, the Company announced that it had entered into an agreement to acquire an approximately 31% interest in Central European Media Enterprises Ltd. (“CME”), a broadcasting company operating leading networks in seven Central and Eastern European countries, for an investment of $242 million in cash. In connection with this investment, Time Warner has agreed to allow CME founder and Non-Executive Chairman Ronald S. Lauder to vote Time Warner’s shares of CME for at least four years, subject to certain exceptions. Also, Mr. Lauder has agreed to support Time Warner’s appointment of two designees to CME’s board of directors. In addition to being subject to customary closing conditions, the closing of the investment is subject to a vote of CME’s shareholders and certain regulatory approvals, and Mr. Lauder has committed to vote the shares he controls in favor of the transaction. The transaction is expected to close in the second quarter of 2009.
Summary of Discontinued Operations
     Discontinued operations for the three months ended March 31, 2009 and 2008 reflect the financial condition and results of operations of TWC. Financial data for discontinued operations for the three months ended March 31, 2009 and 2008 is as follows (millions, except per share amounts):
                 
    Three Months Ended March 31,  
    2009     2008  
            (recast)  
Total revenues
  $ 3,443     $ 4,160  
 
               
Pretax income
  $ 262     $ 448  
Income tax benefit (provision)
    (131 )     (186 )
 
           
Net income
  $ 131     $ 262  
 
           
Net income attributable to Time Warner Inc. shareholders
  $ 106     $ 223  
 
           
 
               
Per share information attributable to Time Warner Inc. common shareholders:
               
Basic net income per common share
  $ 0.09     $ 0.19  
 
           
Average common shares outstanding - basic
    1,196.1       1,193.0  
 
           
 
               
Diluted net income per common share
  $ 0.09     $ 0.18  
 
           
Average common shares outstanding - diluted
    1,200.3       1,200.2  
 
           
     Discontinued operations for the three months ended March 31, 2009 and 2008 included direct transaction costs (e.g., legal and professional fees) related to the separation of TWC of $75 million and $2 million, respectively. The Networks segment of Time Warner recognized approximately $170 million of Subscription revenues from TWC in 2009 through the Distribution Record Date and $210 million for the full three-month period ended March 31, 2008.

33


Table of Contents

TIME WARNER INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
3.   INVENTORIES AND FILM COSTS
     Inventories and film costs consist of (millions):
                 
            December 31,  
    March 31, 2009     2008  
Inventories:
               
Programming costs, less amortization
  $ 3,573     $ 3,439  
DVDs, books, paper and other merchandise
    333       408  
 
           
Total inventories (a)
    3,906       3,847  
Less: current portion of inventory
    (2,050 )     (1,989 )
 
           
Total noncurrent inventories
    1,856       1,858  
 
           
 
               
Film costs — Theatrical:
               
Released, less amortization
    715       767  
Completed and not released
    553       364  
In production
    474       713  
Development and pre-production
    84       76  
 
               
Film costs — Television:
               
Released, less amortization
    789       726  
Completed and not released
    183       221  
In production
    398       465  
Development and pre-production
    2       2  
 
           
Total film costs
    3,198       3,334  
 
           
Total noncurrent inventories and film costs
  $ 5,054     $ 5,192  
 
           
 
(a)  
Does not include $2.113 billion and $2.160 billion of net film library costs as of March 31, 2009 and December 31, 2008, respectively, which are included in intangible assets subject to amortization in the consolidated balance sheet.
4.   FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS
     In accordance with FAS 157, a fair value measurement is determined based on the assumptions that a market participant would use in pricing an asset or liability. FAS 157 also established a three-tiered hierarchy that draws a distinction between market participant assumptions based on (i) observable inputs such as quoted prices in active markets (Level 1), (ii) inputs other than quoted prices in active markets that are observable either directly or indirectly (Level 2) and (iii) unobservable inputs that require the Company to use present value and other valuation techniques in the determination of fair value (Level 3). The following table presents information about assets and liabilities required to be carried at fair value on a recurring basis as of March 31, 2009 (millions):

34


Table of Contents

TIME WARNER INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
                                 
    Fair Value Measurements as of March 31, 2009 Using  
            Quoted Market                
            Prices in Active             Significant  
    Fair Value     Markets for     Significant Other     Unobservable  
    as of     Identical Assets     Observable Inputs     Inputs  
Description   March 31, 2009     (Level 1)     (Level 2)     (Level 3)  
 
                               
Assets:
                               
Trading securities
  $ 220     $ 216     $ 4     $  
Available-for-sale securities
    75       39       36        
Derivatives
    54       5       30       19  
Liabilities:
                               
Derivatives
    (103 )           (103 )      
 
                       
Total
  $ 246     $ 260     $ (33 )   $ 19  
 
                       
     The Company primarily applies the market approach for recurring fair value measurements.
     The following table reconciles the beginning and ending balances of assets classified as Level 3 measurements and identifies the net income (losses) the Company recognized during the three months ended March 31, 2009 on such assets and liabilities that were included in the balance as of March 31, 2009 (millions):
         
    Derivatives  
Balance as of January 1, 2009
  $ 1  
Total gains (losses):
       
Included in net income
    2  
Included in other comprehensive income
     
Purchases, issuances and settlements
    16  
Transfers in and/or out of Level 3
     
 
     
Balance as of March 31, 2009
  $ 19  
 
     
 
       
Total gain for the three months ended March 31, 2009 included in net income related to assets still held
as of March 31, 2009
  $ 2  
 
     
     Gains and losses recognized for assets and liabilities valued using significant unobservable inputs are reported in investment gains (losses), net, in other loss, net (Note 13).
Non-Financial Instruments
     The majority of the Company’s non-financial instruments, which include goodwill, intangible assets, inventories and property, plant and equipment, are not required to be carried at fair value on a recurring basis. However, if certain triggering events occur (or at least annually for goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets) such that a non-financial instrument is required to be evaluated for impairment, a resulting asset impairment would require that the non-financial instrument be recorded at the lower of historical cost or its fair value.
     The Company accounts for film production costs in accordance with the guidance in SOP 00-2, which requires that upon the occurrence of an event or change in circumstance that may indicate that the fair value of a film is less than its unamortized costs, an entity should determine the fair value of the film and write off to the consolidated statement of operations the amount by which the unamortized capitalized costs exceed the film’s fair value. Some of these events or changes in circumstance include: (i) an adverse change in the expected performance of a film prior to its release, (ii) actual costs substantially in excess of budgeted costs, (iii) substantial delays in completion or release schedules, (iv) changes in release plans, (v) insufficient funding or resources to complete the film and to market it effectively and (vi) the failure of actual performance subsequent to release to meet that which had been expected prior to release. When required to determine the fair value of its films, the Company employs a discounted cash flow methodology with assumptions for cash

35


Table of Contents

TIME WARNER INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
flows for periods not exceeding 10 years. The discount rate utilized in the discounted cash flow analysis is based on the weighted average cost of capital of the respective business (e.g., Warner Bros.) plus a risk premium representing the risk associated with producing a particular film. The fair value of any film costs associated with a film that management plans to abandon is zero. As the primary determination of fair value is determined using a discounted cash flow model, the resulting fair value is considered a Level 3 input. During the quarter ended March 31, 2009, certain film production costs, which are recorded as inventory in the consolidated balance sheet, were written down from their carrying value of $79 million to their fair value of $43 million.
5.   LONG TERM DEBT AND OTHER FINANCING ARRANGEMENTS
     Committed financing capacity and long-term debt consists of (millions):
                                                                 
    Weighted                                          
    Average                                          
    Interest                           Unamortized     2009        
    Rate at           2009             Discount on     Unused     Outstanding Debt (b)  
    March 31,           Committed     Letters of     Commercial     Committed     March 31,     December 31,  
    2009   Maturities     Capacity     Credit (a)     Paper     Capacity     2009     2008  
                                                            (recast)  
 
                                                               
Cash and equivalents
                  $ 7,115     $     $     $ 7,115                  
Bank credit agreement and commercial paper program
          2011       6,900       60             6,840     $     $ 4,490  
Floating-rate public debt (c)
    1.46 %     2009       2,000                         2,000       2,000  
Fixed-rate public debt (c)
    7.14 %     2011-2036       15,227                         15,227       15,227  
Other fixed-rate obligations (d)
    7.26 %           255                         255       238  
 
                                                   
Subtotal
                    31,497       60             13,955       17,482       21,955  
Debt due within one year
                    (2,080 )                       (2,080 )     (2,066 )
 
                                                   
Total
                  $ 29,417     $ 60     $     $ 13,955     $ 15,402     $ 19,889  
 
                                                   
 
(a)   Represents the portion of committed capacity reserved for outstanding and undrawn letters of credit.
(b)  
Represents principal amounts adjusted for premiums and discounts. The weighted-average interest rate on Time Warner’s total debt was 6.50% at March 31, 2009 and 5.51% at December 31, 2008. The Company’s public debt matures as follows: $2.000 billion in 2009, $0 in 2010, $2.000 billion in 2011, $2.000 billion in 2012, $1.300 billion in 2013 and $10.031 billion thereafter.
(c)  
The bank credit agreement, commercial paper program and public debt of the Company rank pari passu with the senior debt of the respective obligors thereon. The Company’s maturity profile of its outstanding debt and other financing arrangements is relatively long-term, with a weighted average maturity of approximately 11.5 years as of March 31, 2009.
(d)   Amount includes capital lease and other obligations.
Repayment and Termination of $2.0 Billion Term Facility
     On March 17, 2009, the Company used a portion of the proceeds it received from the Special Dividend to repay in full the $2.0 billion outstanding (plus accrued interest) under its unsecured term loan facility with a maturity date of January 8, 2011 (the “Term Facility”) and terminated the Term Facility. Time Warner did not incur any early termination or prepayment penalties in connection with the termination of the Term Facility.
Termination of Supplemental Credit Agreement
     On March 12, 2009, TWC borrowed the full committed amount of $1.932 billion under its unsecured term loan credit facility entered into on June 30, 2008 (the “TWC Bridge Facility”), all of which was used to pay a portion of the Special Dividend. On March 26, 2009, TWC completed an offering of $3.0 billion in aggregate principal amount of debt securities and used a portion of the net proceeds from the offering to prepay in full the outstanding loans and all other amounts due under the TWC Bridge Facility, and the TWC Bridge Facility was terminated in accordance with its terms. Concurrently with the termination of the TWC Bridge Facility and pursuant to the terms of the $1.535 billion credit agreement (the “Supplemental Credit Agreement”) between the Company (as lender) and TWC (as borrower) for a two-year senior unsecured supplemental term loan facility (the “Supplemental Credit Facility”), on March 26, 2009, TWC terminated the

36


Table of Contents

TIME WARNER INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
commitments of Time Warner under the Supplemental Credit Facility, and the Supplemental Credit Agreement was terminated in accordance with its terms.
Amendment of the TW Revolving Facility
     On March 11, 2009, the Company entered into the first and second amendments to the amended and restated credit agreement (the “Revolving Credit Agreement”) for its senior unsecured five-year revolving credit facility (the “Revolving Facility”). The first amendment terminated the $100 million commitment of Lehman Commercial Paper Inc. (“LCPI”), a subsidiary of Lehman Brothers Holdings Inc., which filed a petition for bankruptcy under Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code in September 2008, reducing the committed amount of the Revolving Facility from $7.0 billion to $6.9 billion. The second amendment, among other things, amended the Revolving Credit Agreement to (i) expand the circumstances under which any other lender under the Revolving Facility would become a Defaulting Lender (as defined in the Revolving Credit Agreement, as amended) and (ii) permit Time Warner to terminate the commitment of any such lender on terms substantially similar to those applicable to LCPI under the first amendment to the Revolving Credit Agreement.
Consent Solicitation
     On April 15, 2009, the Company completed a solicitation of consents (the “Consent Solicitation”) from the holders of the debt securities (the “Securities”) issued by Time Warner Inc. and its subsidiaries under all of the indentures governing the publicly traded debt securities of the Company and its subsidiaries other than the indenture entered into in November 2006 (collectively, the “Indentures”), resulting in the adoption on April 16, 2009 of certain amendments to each Indenture that provide that certain restrictive covenants will not apply (subject to the concurrent or prior issuance of the guarantee by HBO discussed below) to a conveyance or transfer by AOL LLC of its properties and assets substantially as an entirety, unless such conveyance or transfer constitutes a conveyance or transfer of the properties and assets of the issuer and the guarantors under the relevant Indenture and their respective subsidiaries, taken as a whole, substantially as an entirety. As a result of the Consent Solicitation, prior to or concurrent with a conveyance or transfer of AOL LLC’s properties and assets substantially as an entirety, HBO will issue a guarantee of the obligations of Historic TW Inc. (“Historic TW”) (including in its capacity as successor to Time Warner Companies, Inc.), whether as issuer or guarantor, under the Indentures and the Securities. Such guarantee will be issued by HBO only in connection with such a transaction.
Shelf Registration Statement
     Time Warner had a shelf registration statement (the “Registration Statement”) on file with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) since November 8, 2006 that allowed it to offer and sell from time to time debt securities, preferred stock, common stock and/or warrants to purchase debt and equity securities. As a result of the Company’s $13.955 billion of unused committed capacity at March 31, 2009 and the anticipated expiration in early November 2009 of the Registration Statement, the Company determined it no longer needed the Registration Statement. Accordingly, on April 24, 2009, the Company and the subsidiary guarantors under the Registration Statement submitted filings to the SEC that suspended the reporting obligations with respect to the debt securities (and related guarantees) that were offered and sold pursuant to the Registration Statement and deregistered the securities covered under the Registration Statement that were available for offer and sale.
6.   SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Spin-Off of TWC
     In connection with the Distribution, the Company recognized a reduction of $7.989 billion to shareholders’ equity, including $1.167 billion attributable to noncontrolling interests.
Common Stock Repurchase Program
     On July 26, 2007, Time Warner’s Board of Directors authorized a common stock repurchase program that allows the Company to purchase up to an aggregate of $5 billion of common stock. Purchases under this stock repurchase program may be made from time to time on the open market and in privately negotiated transactions. The size and timing of these purchases are based on a number of factors, including price and business and market conditions. From the program’s

37


Table of Contents

TIME WARNER INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
inception through March 31, 2009, the Company repurchased approximately 51 million shares of common stock for approximately $2.8 billion, pursuant to trading programs under Rule 10b5-1 of the Exchange Act.
7.   EQUITY-BASED COMPENSATION
Time Warner Equity Plans
     The Company has two active equity plans under which it is authorized to grant equity awards to employees covering an aggregate of 83 million shares of Time Warner common stock. Options have been granted to employees and non-employee directors of Time Warner with exercise prices equal to, or in excess of, the fair market value at the date of grant. Generally, the stock options vest ratably over a four-year vesting period and expire ten years from the date of grant. Certain stock option awards provide for accelerated vesting upon an election to retire pursuant to the Company’s defined benefit retirement plans or after reaching a specified age and years of service, as well as certain additional circumstances for non-employee directors. For the three months ended March 31, 2009, the Company granted approximately 9 million options at a weighted-average grant date fair value per option of $4.99 ($3.09 net of tax). For the three months ended March 31, 2008, the Company granted approximately 10 million stock options at a weighted-average grant date fair value per option of $12.39 ($7.68 net of tax). The table below presents the weighted-average values of the assumptions used to value stock options at their grant date.
                 
    Three Months Ended March 31,
    2009   2008
Expected volatility
    35.0 %     28.7 %
Expected term to exercise from grant date
  6.24 years   5.96 years
Risk-free rate
    2.6 %     3.2 %
Expected dividend yield
    4.5 %     1.7 %
     Pursuant to these equity plans and an additional plan limited to non-employee directors, Time Warner may also grant shares of common stock or restricted stock units (“RSUs”), which generally vest between three to five years from the date of grant, to its employees and non-employee directors. Certain RSU awards provide for accelerated vesting upon an election to retire pursuant to the Company’s defined benefit retirement plans or after reaching a specified age and years of service, as well as certain additional circumstances for non-employee directors. Holders of restricted stock and RSU awards are generally entitled to receive cash dividends or dividend equivalents, respectively, paid by the Company during the period of time that the restricted stock or RSU awards are unvested. For the three months ended March 31, 2009, the Company granted approximately 4 million RSUs at a weighted-average grant date fair value per RSU of $22.07 ($13.68 net of tax). For the three months ended March 31, 2008, the Company granted approximately 3 million RSUs at a weighted-average grant date fair value per RSU of $44.79 ($27.77 net of tax).
     Time Warner also has a performance stock unit program for senior level executives. Under this program, recipients of performance stock units (“PSUs”) are awarded a target number of PSUs that represent the contingent (unfunded and unsecured) right to receive shares of Company stock at the end of a performance period (generally three years) based on the actual performance level achieved by the Company. For PSUs granted prior to 2009, the recipient of a PSU may receive, depending on the Company’s total shareholder return (“TSR”) relative to the other companies in the S&P 500 Index, of 0% to 200% of the target PSUs granted based on a sliding scale where a relative ranking of less than the 25 th percentile will pay 0% and a ranking at the 100 th percentile will pay 200% of the target number of shares.
     PSUs granted in 2009 will be paid out in a number of shares of Common Stock based on (i) the Company’s TSR relative to the other companies in the S&P 500 Index and (ii) the Company’s growth in adjusted earnings per share (“EPS”) relative to the growth in adjusted EPS of the other companies in the S&P 500 Index, in each case over a three-year performance period. Depending on the Company’s TSR ranking and adjusted EPS growth ranking relative to the other companies in the S&P 500 Index, a recipient of a PSU will receive between 0% and 200% of his or her target award following the three-year performance period. If (i) the Company’s TSR ranking and adjusted EPS growth ranking are both below the 50 th percentile or (ii) the Company’s TSR ranking is at or above the 50 th percentile, then the percentage of a participant’s target PSUs that will vest will be based on the Company’s TSR ranking for the performance period. If the Company’s TSR ranking is below the 50 th percentile and its adjusted EPS growth ranking is at or above the 50 th

38


Table of Contents

TIME WARNER INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
percentile, the percentage of a participant’s target PSUs that will vest will be the average of (i) the percentage of target PSUs that would vest based on the Company’s TSR ranking during the performance period and (ii) 100%.
     For accounting purposes, PSUs granted prior to 2009 are considered to have a market condition and PSUs granted in 2009 are considered to have a market condition and a performance condition. The effect of a market condition is reflected in the grant date fair value of the award, which is estimated using a Monte Carlo analysis to estimate the total return ranking of Time Warner among the S&P 500 Index companies over the performance period. In the case of PSUs granted in 2009, the performance condition is assumed to have been met. As a result, compensation expense is recognized on these types of awards provided that the requisite service is rendered (regardless of whether the market condition is achieved).
     PSU holders do not receive payments or accruals of dividends or dividend equivalents for regular cash dividends paid by the Company while the PSU is outstanding. Participants who are terminated by the Company other than for cause or who terminate their own employment for good reason or due to retirement or disability are generally entitled to a pro rata portion of the PSUs that would otherwise vest at the end of the performance period. For the three months ended March 31, 2009, the Company granted approximately 0.2 million target PSUs at a weighted-average grant date fair value per PSU of $23.67 ($14.68 net of tax). For the three months ended March 31, 2008, the Company granted approximately 0.4 million target PSUs at a weighted-average grant date fair value per PSU of $52.60 ($32.61 net of tax).
     In connection with the TWC Separation, and as provided for in the Company’s equity plans, the number of stock options, RSUs and target PSUs outstanding at the Distribution Record Date and the exercise prices of such stock options were adjusted to maintain the fair value of those awards. The changes in the number of equity awards and the exercise prices (which are reflected herein) were determined by comparing the fair value of such awards immediately prior to the TWC Separation to the fair value of such awards immediately after the TWC Separation. In performing this analysis, the only assumptions that changed related to the Time Warner stock price and the employee’s exercise price. Accordingly, each equity award outstanding as of the Distribution Record Date was increased by multiplying the size of such award by 1.35, while the per share exercise price of each stock option was decreased by dividing by 1.35. This adjustment resulted in an increase of approximately 50 million equity awards (comprised of 46 million stock options and 4 million RSUs). The modifications to the outstanding equity awards were made pursuant to existing antidilution provisions in the Company’s equity plans and did not result in any additional compensation expense.
     In addition, in connection with the 1-for-3 reverse stock split, the number of outstanding equity awards was proportionately adjusted to reflect the reverse stock split. As a result, and after giving effect to the adjustment for the TWC Separation, the number of outstanding equity awards was determined by dividing the number of outstanding equity awards by three. The per share exercise price of stock options, after giving effect to the adjustment for the TWC Separation, was determined by multiplying the exercise price by three.
     Compensation expense recognized for equity-based compensation plans for the three months ended March 31, 2009 and 2008 is as follows (millions):
                 
    Three Months Ended March 31,  
    2009     2008  
            (recast)  
Stock options
  $ 29     $ 38  
Restricted stock, restricted stock units and performance stock units
    42       37  
 
           
Total impact on Operating Income
    71       75  
 
           
Tax benefit recognized
  $ 27     $ 29  
     Under the terms of Time Warner’s equity plans and related award agreements, as a result of the TWC Separation, TWC employees who held Time Warner equity awards were treated at the time of the TWC Separation as if their employment with Time Warner was terminated without cause at the time of the separation. This treatment resulted in the forfeiture of unvested stock options and shortened exercise periods for vested stock options and pro rata vesting of the next installment of (and forfeiture of the remainder of) the RSU awards for those TWC employees who do not satisfy retirement-treatment eligibility provisions in the Time Warner equity plans and related award agreements.
     Upon the exercise of Time Warner stock options and the vesting of Time Warner RSUs held by TWC employees, TWC is obligated to reimburse Time Warner for the intrinsic value of the applicable award. As a result of the TWC Separation, TWC is no longer considered a related party. Accordingly, on the Distribution Record Date, the Company established an asset of $16 million for the estimated fair value (determined using the Black-Sholes option pricing model) of outstanding equity awards held by TWC employees, with an offsetting adjustment to Time Warner Inc. shareholders’ equity in the consolidated balance sheet. The estimated receivable from TWC fluctuates with the fair value and number of outstanding equity awards and the resulting change is recorded in other loss, net, in the consolidated statement of operations. As of March 31, 2009, the estimated receivable was $18 million, and for the three months ended March 31, 2009, the Company recognized $2 million of other income related to the increase in the estimated fair value of Time Warner equity awards held by TWC employees.

39


Table of Contents

TIME WARNER INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
8.   BENEFIT PLANS
     Time Warner and certain of its subsidiaries have both funded and unfunded defined benefit pension plans, the substantial majority of which are noncontributory, covering a majority of domestic employees and, to a lesser extent, have various defined benefit plans covering international employees. Pension benefits are determined based on formulas that reflect the employees’ years of service and compensation during their employment period and participation in the plans. Time Warner uses a December 31 measurement date for its plans. A summary of the components of the net periodic benefit costs from continuing operations recognized for substantially all of Time Warner’s domestic and international defined benefit pension plans for the three months ended March 31, 2009 and 2008 is as follows (millions):
Components of Net Periodic Benefit Costs
                                 
    Domestic     International  
    Three Months Ended March 31,  
    2009     2008     2009     2008  
            (recast)                  
Service cost
  $ 18     $ 22     $ 4     $ 5  
Interest cost
    36       36       10       14  
Expected return on plan assets
    (33 )     (42 )     (12 )     (19 )
Amounts amortized
    29       6       2        
 
                       
Net periodic benefit costs
  $ 50     $ 22     $ 4     $  
 
                       
 
                               
Contributions
  $ 8     $ 103     $ 5     $ 6  
 
                       
Expected cash flows
     After considering the funded status of the Company’s defined benefit pension plans, movements in the discount rate, investment performance and related tax consequences, the Company may choose to make contributions to its pension plans in any given year. At March 31, 2009, there were no minimum required contributions for domestic funded plans. As of December 31, 2008, the Company’s funded domestic defined benefit pension plans were funded by assets in a pension trust totaling $1.702 billion. Between January 1, 2009 and March 31, 2009, the Company’s plan assets have experienced market losses of approximately 7%. The Company did not make any discretionary cash contributions to its funded defined benefit pension plans during the three months ended March 31, 2009. Subject to market conditions and other considerations, the Company may make discretionary cash contributions during the remainder of the year. For domestic unfunded plans, contributions will continue to be made to the extent benefits are paid. Expected benefit payments for domestic unfunded plans for 2009 are approximately $27 million. In addition, the Company anticipates making an additional $20 million discretionary contribution to its international plans in the fourth quarter of 2009.

40


Table of Contents

TIME WARNER INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
9.   RESTRUCTURING COSTS
Merger Costs Capitalized as a Cost of Acquisition
     As of March 31, 2009, merger costs capitalized as a cost of acquisition was $26 million, with $1 million having been paid during the first quarter of 2009. As of March 31, 2009, $5 million of the remaining liability was classified as a current liability in the consolidated balance sheet, with the remaining $21 million classified as a long-term liability. Amounts classified as long-term, primarily related to lease exit costs, are expected to be paid through 2014.
Restructuring Costs Expensed
     Restructuring costs expensed as incurred by segment for the three months ended March 31, 2009 and 2008 are as follows (millions):
                 
    Three Months Ended March 31,  
    2009     2008  
            (recast)  
Filmed Entertainment
  $ 37     $ 116  
Publishing
    (1 )     10  
AOL
    58       9  
Corporate
          7  
 
           
Restructuring costs by segment
  $ 94     $ 142  
 
           
     The Company’s restructuring costs primarily related to employee termination costs that primarily occurred at the AOL and Filmed Entertainment segments and ranged from senior executives to line personnel. The Company currently expects to incur incremental restructuring charges relating to operational reorganizations at these two segments of up to $150 million during the remainder of 2009.
     Restructuring costs that were expensed for the three months ended March 31, 2009 and 2008 are as follows (millions):
                 
    Three Months Ended March 31,  
    2009     2008  
            (recast)  
2009 restructuring activity
  $ 95     $  
2008 and prior restructuring activity
    (1 )     142  
 
           
Restructuring costs
  $ 94     $ 142  
 
           
Selected Information
     Selected information relating to restructuring costs is as follows (millions):
                         
    Employee              
    Terminations     Other Exit Costs     Total  
Remaining liability as of December 31, 2008 (recast)
  $ 204     $ 84     $ 288  
Net accruals
    65       29       94  
Noncash reductions (a)
    (10 )           (10 )
Cash paid
    (81 )     (20 )     (101 )
 
                 
Remaining liability as of March 31, 2009
  $ 178     $ 93     $ 271  
 
                 
 
(a)   Noncash reductions relate to the settlement of certain employee-related liabilities with equity instruments.

41


Table of Contents

TIME WARNER INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
     As of March 31, 2009, of the remaining liability of $271 million, $174 million was classified as a current liability in the consolidated balance sheet, with the remaining $97 million classified as a long-term liability. Amounts classified as long-term are expected to be paid through 2017.
10. DERIVATIVE INSTRUMENTS
     Time Warner uses derivative instruments, principally forward contracts, to manage the risk associated with the volatility of future cash flows denominated in foreign currencies and changes in fair value resulting from changes in foreign currency exchange rates. The Company uses derivative instruments that generally have maturities of three to eighteen months to hedge various foreign exchange exposures, including the following: (i) variability in foreign currency-denominated cash flows, such as the hedges of unremitted or forecasted royalty and license fees to be received from the sale or anticipated sale of U.S. copyrighted products abroad or cash flows for certain film costs denominated in a foreign currency (i.e., cash flow hedges) and (ii) currency risk associated with foreign currency-denominated operating assets and liabilities (i.e., fair value hedges). The Company also enters into derivative contracts that economically hedge certain of its foreign currency risks, even though hedge accounting does not apply or the Company elects not to apply hedge accounting under FASB Statement No. 133, Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities (“FAS 133”). These economic hedges are used primarily to offset the change in certain foreign currency denominated long-term receivables and certain foreign currency denominated debt due to changes in the underlying foreign exchange rates. The Company monitors its positions with, and the credit quality of, the financial institutions that are party to any of its financial transactions.
     The following is a summary of amounts pertaining to Time Warner’s use of foreign currency derivatives at March 31, 2009 (millions):
                                         
                                    Cash Flow  
    FAS 133 Hedges     Economic Hedges     Hedges  
                                    Other  
                                    comprehensive  
    Assets     Liabilities     Assets     Liabilities     income  
March 31, 2009
  $ 80     $ (203 )   $ 89     $ (39 )   $ (145 )
     Netting provisions are provided for in existing International Swap and Derivative Association Inc. agreements in situations where the Company executes multiple contracts with the same counterparty. As a result, net assets or liabilities resulting from foreign exchange derivatives subject to these netting agreements are classified within prepaid expenses and other current assets or accounts payable and accrued expenses in the Company’s consolidated balance sheet. Deferred gains and losses recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income are expected to be recognized in earnings at the same time hedged items affect earnings. Included in accumulated other comprehensive income are deferred net losses of $129 million related to hedges of cash flows associated with films that are not expected to be released within the next twelve months.
     The following is a summary of amounts pertaining to Time Warner’s use of foreign currency derivatives for the three months ended March 31, 2009 (millions):
                                                                         
Fair Value Hedges     Economic Hedges     Cash Flow Hedges  
                    Gain(loss)                                             Gain(loss)  
                    recognized in                                             recognized in  
                    net income and                                             net income and  
                    excluded from                                             excluded from  
                    effectiveness                             Gain(loss) reclassed from     effectiveness  
                    testing -                             accumulated other     testing -  
                    Ineffective                             comprehensive income to     Ineffective  
Gain(loss)     Portion     Gain(loss)     net income - Effective Portion     Portion  
Selling,                         Selling,                     Selling,              
general and                 Other     general and             Other     general and              
administrative         Costs of     income     administrative     Costs of     income     administrative     Costs of     Other income  
expense         revenues     (loss), net     expense     revenues     (loss), net     expense     revenues     (loss), net  
$    
 
  $ (1 )   $ 2     $     $ 15     $ (7 )   $ (1 )   $ (7 )   $ 2  

42


Table of Contents

TIME WARNER INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
11. SEGMENT INFORMATION
     Time Warner classifies its operations into four reportable segments: Networks, consisting principally of cable television networks that provide programming: Filmed Entertainment, consisting principally of feature film, television and home video production and distribution; Publishing, consisting principally of magazine publishing; and AOL, consisting principally of interactive consumer and advertising services.
     Information as to the operations of Time Warner in each of its reportable segments is set forth below based on the nature of the products and services offered. Time Warner evaluates performance based on several factors, of which the primary financial measure is operating income before depreciation of tangible assets and amortization of intangible assets (“Operating Income before Depreciation and Amortization”). Additionally, the Company has provided a summary of Operating Income by segment.
                                         
    Three Months Ended March 31, 2009  
    Subscription     Advertising     Content     Other     Total  
                (millions)              
Revenues
                                       
Networks
  $ 1,850     $ 723     $ 205     $ 30     $ 2,808  
Filmed Entertainment
    9       14       2,553       57       2,633  
Publishing
    307       383       19       97       806  
AOL
    393       443             31       867  
Intersegment eliminations
          (23 )     (141 )     (5 )     (169 )
 
                             
Total revenues
  $ 2,559     $ 1,540     $ 2,636     $ 210     $ 6,945  
 
                             
 
 
    Three Months Ended March 31, 2008  
    Subscription     Advertising     Content     Other     Total  
                (recast, millions)              
Revenues
                                       
Networks
  $ 1,695     $ 739     $ 213     $ 12     $ 2,659  
Filmed Entertainment
    10       15       2,753       62       2,840  
Publishing
    365       550       12       118       1,045  
AOL
    539       552             37       1,128  
Intersegment eliminations
    (1 )     (28 )     (169 )     (4 )     (202 )
 
                             
Total revenues
  $ 2,608     $ 1,828     $ 2,809     $ 225     $ 7,470  
 
                             
Intersegment Revenues
     In the normal course of business, the Time Warner segments enter into transactions with one another. The most common types of intersegment transactions include:
   
the Filmed Entertainment segment generating Content revenues by licensing television and theatrical programming to the Networks segment; and
   
the Networks, Publishing and AOL segments generating Advertising revenues by promoting the products and services of other Time Warner segments.
     These intersegment transactions are recorded by each segment at estimated fair value as if the transactions were with third parties and, therefore, impact segment performance. While intersegment transactions are treated like third-party transactions to determine segment performance, the revenues (and corresponding expenses or assets recognized by the segment that is counterparty to the transaction) are eliminated in consolidation and, therefore, do not impact consolidated results. Additionally, transactions between divisions within the same reporting segment (e.g., a transaction between HBO and Turner within the Networks segment) are eliminated in arriving at segment performance and, therefore, do not affect segment results. Revenues recognized by Time Warner’s segments on intersegment transactions are as follows:

43


Table of Contents

TIME WARNER INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
                 
    Three Months Ended March 31,  
    2009     2008  
    (millions)  
            (recast)  
Intersegment Revenues
               
Networks
  $ 24     $ 25  
Filmed Entertainment
    138       167  
Publishing
    6       6  
AOL
    1       4  
 
           
Total intersegment revenues
  $ 169     $ 202  
 
           
                 
    Three Months Ended March 31,  
    2009     2008  
    (millions)  
            (recast)  
Operating Income before Depreciation and Amortization
               
Networks
  $ 1,064     $ 958  
Filmed Entertainment
    308       280  
Publishing
    12       145  
AOL
    255       405  
Corporate (a)
    (84 )     (103 )
Intersegment eliminations
          (9 )
 
           
Total operating income before depreciation and amortization
  $ 1,555     $ 1,676  
 
           
 
(a)  
For the three months ended March 31, 2009 and 2008, includes $7 million and $4 million, respectively, in net expenses related to securities litigation and government investigations.
                 
    Three Months Ended March 31,  
    2009     2008  
    (millions)  
            (recast)  
Depreciation of Property, Plant and Equipment
               
Networks
  $ (86 )   $ (78 )
Filmed Entertainment
    (40 )     (41 )
Publishing
    (31 )     (34 )
AOL
    (69 )     (83 )
Corporate
    (10 )     (11 )
 
           
Total depreciation of property, plant and equipment
  $ (236 )   $ (247 )
 
           
                 
    Three Months Ended March 31,  
    2009     2008  
    (millions)  
            (recast)  
Amortization of Intangible Assets
               
Networks
  $ (18 )   $ (6 )
Filmed Entertainment
    (54 )     (56 )
Publishing
    (13 )     (18 )
AOL
    (36 )     (38 )
 
           
Total amortization of intangible assets
  $ (121 )   $ (118 )
 
           

44


Table of Contents

TIME WARNER INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
                 
    Three Months Ended March 31,  
    2009     2008  
    (millions)  
            (recast)  
Operating Income
               
Networks
  $ 960     $ 874  
Filmed Entertainment
    214       183  
Publishing
    (32 )     93  
AOL
    150       284  
Corporate (a)
    (94 )     (114 )
Intersegment eliminations
          (9 )
 
           
Total operating income
  $ 1,198     $ 1,311  
 
           
 
(a)  
For the three months ended March 31, 2009 and 2008, includes $7 million and $4 million, respectively, in net expenses related to securities litigation and government investigations.
     A summary of total assets by operating segment is set forth below:
                 
            December 31,  
    March 31, 2009     2008  
    (millions)  
            (recast)  
Assets
               
Networks
  $ 36,369     $ 36,097  
Filmed Entertainment
    16,029       17,080  
Publishing
    6,374       6,778  
AOL
    3,970       4,075  
Corporate
    8,087       2,316  
Assets of discontinued operations
          47,711  
 
           
Total assets
  $ 70,829     $ 114,057  
 
           
12. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
Commitments
Six Flags
     In connection with the Company’s former investment in the Six Flags theme parks located in Georgia and Texas (“Six Flags Georgia” and “Six Flags Texas,” respectively, and, collectively, the “Parks”), in 1997, certain subsidiaries of the Company (including Historic TW) agreed to guarantee (the “Six Flags Guarantee”) certain obligations of the partnerships that hold the Parks (the “Partnerships”) for the benefit of the limited partners in such Partnerships, including the following (the “Guaranteed Obligations”): (a) making a minimum annual distribution to the limited partners of the Partnerships (the minimum was approximately $61 million in 2008 and is subject to annual cost of living adjustments); (b) making a minimum amount of capital expenditures each year (an amount approximating 6% of the Parks’ annual revenues); (c) offering each year to purchase 5% of the limited partnership units of the Partnerships (plus any such units not purchased pursuant to such offer in any prior year) based on an aggregate price for all limited partnership units at the higher of (i) $250 million in the case of Six Flags Georgia and $374.8 million in the case of Six Flags Texas (the “Base Valuations”) and (ii) a weighted average multiple of EBITDA for the respective Park over the previous four-year period (the “Cumulative LP Unit Purchase Obligation”); (d) making annual ground lease payments; and (e) either (i) purchasing all of the outstanding limited partnership units through the exercise of a call option upon the earlier of the occurrence of certain specified events and the end of the term of each of the Partnerships in 2027 (Six Flags Georgia) and 2028 (Six Flags Texas) (the “End of Term Purchase”) or (ii) causing each of the Partnerships to have no indebtedness and to meet certain other financial tests as of the end of the term of the Partnership. The aggregate amount payable in connection with an End of Term Purchase option on either Park will be the Base Valuation applicable to such Park, adjusted for changes in the

45


Table of Contents

TIME WARNER INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
consumer price index from December 1996, in the case of Six Flags Georgia, and December 1997, in the case of Six Flags Texas, through December of the year immediately preceding the year in which the End of Term Purchase occurs, in each case, reduced ratably to reflect limited partnership units previously purchased.
     In connection with the Company’s 1998 sale of Six Flags Entertainment Corporation (which held the controlling interests in the Parks) to Six Flags, Inc. (formerly Premier Parks Inc.) (“Six Flags”), Six Flags and Historic TW entered into a Subordinated Indemnity Agreement pursuant to which Six Flags agreed to guarantee the performance of the Guaranteed Obligations when due and to indemnify Historic TW, among others, in the event that the Guaranteed Obligations are not performed and the Six Flags Guarantee is called upon. In the event of a default of Six Flags’ obligations under the Subordinated Indemnity Agreement, the Subordinated Indemnity Agreement and related agreements provide, among other things, that Historic TW has the right to acquire control of the managing partner of the Parks. Six Flags’ obligations to Historic TW are further secured by its interest in all limited partnership units that are held by Six Flags.
     In connection with the TWC Separation, guarantees previously made by Time Warner Entertainment Company, L.P. (“TWE”), a subsidiary of TWC, were terminated and, pursuant to and as required under the original terms of the Six Flags Guarantees, Warner Bros. Entertainment Inc. (“WBEI”) became a guarantor. In addition, TWE’s rights and obligations under the Subordinated Indemnity Agreement have been assigned to WBEI. The Company continues to indemnify TWE in connection with any residual exposure of TWE under the Guaranteed Obligations.
     In March 2009, Fitch Ratings downgraded its credit rating for Six Flags from CC to C and Moody’s Investors Services downgraded its credit rating for Six Flags from Caa3 to C. In April 2009, Standard & Poor’s lowered Six Flags’ credit rating from CCC to D. To date, no payments have been made by the Company pursuant to the Six Flags Guarantee. In its annual report on Form 10-K for the period ended December 31, 2008, Six Flags reported an estimated maximum Cumulative LP Unit Purchase Obligation for 2009 of approximately $335 million. The aggregate undiscounted estimated future cash flow requirements covered by the Six Flags Guarantee over the remaining term (through 2028) of the agreements are approximately $1.4 billion (for a net present value of approximately $450 million). Six Flags has deposited approximately $6 million in an escrow account as a source of funds in the event Historic TW is required to fund any portion of the Guaranteed Obligations in the future.
     On April 17, 2009, Six Flags commenced an Exchange Offer and Consent Solicitation relating to debt securities issued by Six Flags (the “Restructuring Plan”). The Restructuring Plan is designed to reduce Six Flags’ debt and interest expense and improve its liquidity and financial and operational flexibility. The Restructuring Plan contemplates the conversion of certain debt to equity, a 1-for-100 reverse stock split and other amendments to Six Flags’ certificate of incorporation. The Six Flags Exchange Offer and Consent Solicitation will expire at 11:59 p.m., New York City time, on June 25, 2009, unless extended or earlier terminated.
     Because the Six Flags Guarantee existed prior to the Company’s adoption of FASB Interpretation No. 45, Guarantor’s Accounting and Disclosure Requirements for Guarantees, Including Indirect Guarantees of Indebtedness of Others (“FIN 45”), and no modifications to the arrangements have been made since the date the guarantee came into existence, the recognition requirements of FIN 45 are not applicable to the arrangements and the Company has continued to account for the Guaranteed Obligations in accordance with FASB Statement No. 5, Accounting for Contingencies (“FAS 5”). Based on its evaluation of the current facts and circumstances surrounding the Guaranteed Obligations and the Subordinated Indemnity Agreement (including the recent financial performance reported for the Parks and by Six Flags), the Company is unable to predict the loss, if any, that may be incurred under these Guaranteed Obligations and no liability for the arrangements has been recognized at March 31, 2009. Because of the specific circumstances surrounding the arrangements and the fact that no active or observable market exists for this type of financial guarantee, the Company is unable to determine a current fair value for the Guaranteed Obligations and related Subordinated Indemnity Agreement.
Google Investment in AOL
     In connection with the expansion of their strategic relationship in April 2006, Google Inc. (“Google”) acquired a 5% interest in AOL, and, as a result, 95% of the equity interests in AOL are indirectly held by the Company and 5% are indirectly held by Google. As part of the April 2006 transaction, Google received certain registration rights relating to its equity interest in AOL. In late January 2009, Google exercised its right to request that AOL register Google’s 5% equity interest for sale in an initial public offering. Time Warner has the right, but not the obligation, to purchase Google’s equity

46


Table of Contents

TIME WARNER INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
interest for cash or shares of Time Warner common stock based on the appraised fair market value of the equity interest in lieu of conducting an initial public offering. The Company is in discussions with Google and has notified Google of its intention to purchase the 5% equity interest.
Contingencies
Shareholder Derivative Lawsuits
     During the Summer and Fall of 2002, numerous shareholder derivative lawsuits were filed in state and federal courts naming as defendants certain current and former directors and officers of the Company, as well as the Company as a nominal defendant. The complaints alleged that defendants breached their fiduciary duties by, among other things, causing the Company to issue corporate statements that did not accurately represent that AOL had declining advertising revenues. Certain of these lawsuits were later dismissed, and others were eventually consolidated in their respective jurisdictions. In 2006, the parties entered into a settlement agreement to resolve all of the remaining derivative matters, and the Court granted final approval of the settlement on September 6, 2006. The court has yet to rule on plaintiffs’ petition for attorneys’ fees and expenses. At March 31, 2009, the Company’s remaining reserve related to these matters is $9 million, which approximates an expected award for plaintiffs’ attorneys’ fees.
Other Matters
     Warner Bros. (South) Inc. (“WBS”), a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company, is litigating numerous tax cases in Brazil. WBS currently is the theatrical distribution licensee for Warner Bros. Entertainment Nederlands (“Warner Bros. Nederlands”) in Brazil and acts as a service provider to the Warner Bros. Nederlands home video licensee. All of the ongoing tax litigation involves WBS’ distribution activities prior to January 2004, when WBS conducted both theatrical and home video distribution. Much of the tax litigation stems from WBS’ position that in distributing videos to rental retailers, it was conducting a distribution service, subject to a municipal service tax, and not the “industrialization” or sale of videos, subject to Brazilian federal and state VAT-like taxes. Both the federal tax authorities and the State of São Paulo, where WBS is based, have challenged this position. Certain of these matters were settled in September 2007 pursuant to a government-sponsored amnesty program. In some additional tax cases, WBS, often together with other film distributors, is challenging the imposition of taxes on royalties remitted outside of Brazil and the constitutionality of certain taxes. The Company intends to defend against the various remaining tax cases vigorously.
     On October 8, 2004, certain heirs of Jerome Siegel, one of the creators of the “Superman” character, filed suit against the Company, DC Comics and Warner Bros. Entertainment Inc. in the U.S. District Court for the Central District of California. Plaintiffs’ complaint seeks an accounting and demands up to one-half of the profits made on Superman since the alleged April 16, 1999 termination by plaintiffs of Siegel’s grants of one-half of the rights to the Superman character to DC Comics’ predecessor-in-interest. Plaintiffs have also asserted various Lanham Act and unfair competition claims, alleging “wasting” of the Superman property by DC Comics and failure to accord credit to Siegel. The Company answered the complaint and filed counterclaims. On April 30, 2007, the Company filed motions for partial summary judgment on various issues, including the unavailability of accounting for pre-termination and foreign works. On March 26, 2008, the court entered an order of summary judgment finding, among other things, that plaintiffs’ notices of termination were valid and that plaintiffs had thereby recaptured, as of April 16, 1999, their rights to a one-half interest in the Superman story material, as first published, but that the accounting for profits would not include profits attributable to foreign exploitation, republication of pre-termination works and trademark exploitation. On October 6, 2008, the court dismissed plaintiffs’ Lanham Act and “wasting” claims with prejudice. In orders issued on October 14, 2008, the court determined that the remaining claims in the case will be subject to phased non-jury trials. The first phase trial commenced on April 28, 2009, and the second phase trial is scheduled to commence on October 20, 2009. The Company intends to defend against this lawsuit vigorously.
     On October 22, 2004, the same Siegel heirs filed a second lawsuit against the Company, DC Comics, Warner Bros. Entertainment Inc., Warner Communications Inc. and Warner Bros. Television Production Inc. in the U.S. District Court for the Central District of California. Plaintiffs claim that Jerome Siegel was the sole creator of the character Superboy and, as such, DC Comics has had no right to create new Superboy works since the alleged October 17, 2004 termination by plaintiffs of Siegel’s grants of rights to the Superboy character to DC Comics’ predecessor-in-interest. This lawsuit seeks a

47


Table of Contents

TIME WARNER INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
declaration regarding the validity of the alleged termination and an injunction against future use of the Superboy character. Plaintiffs have also asserted Lanham Act and unfair competition claims alleging false statements by DC Comics regarding the creation of the Superboy character. The Company answered the complaint and filed counterclaims. The case was consolidated for discovery purposes with the “Superman” action described immediately above. The parties filed cross-motions for summary judgment or partial summary judgment on February 15, 2006. In its ruling dated March 23, 2006, the court denied the Company’s motion for summary judgment, granted plaintiffs’ motion for partial summary judgment on termination and held that further proceedings are necessary to determine whether the Company’s Smallville television series may infringe on plaintiffs’ rights to the Superboy character. On January 12, 2007, the Company filed a motion for reconsideration of the court’s decision granting plaintiffs’ motion for partial summary judgment on termination. On April 30, 2007, the Company filed a motion for summary judgment on non-infringement of Smallville . On July 27, 2007, the court granted the Company’s motion for reconsideration, reversing the bulk of the March 23, 2006 ruling, and requested additional briefing on certain issues. On March 31, 2008, the court, among other things, denied the Company’s summary judgment motion as moot in view of the court’s July 27, 2007 reconsideration ruling. To the extent any issues remain, the Company intends to defend against this lawsuit vigorously.
     On May 24, 1999, two former AOL Community Leader volunteers filed Hallissey et al. v. America Online, Inc. in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York. This lawsuit was brought as a collective action under the Fair Labor Standards Act (“FLSA”) and as a class action under New York state law against AOL and AOL Community, Inc. The plaintiffs allege that, in serving as Community Leader volunteers, they were acting as employees rather than volunteers for purposes of the FLSA and New York state law and are entitled to minimum wages. On February 21, 2008, the court granted plaintiffs’ motion to issue notice to the former community leaders nationwide. Notice to the putative class was issued in May 2008 and in December 2008 and the putative class had until February 27, 2009 to opt-in to the collective action. A related case was filed by several of the Hallissey plaintiffs in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York alleging violations of the retaliation provisions of the FLSA. This case was stayed pending the outcome of the Hallissey motion to dismiss and has not yet been activated. Two related class actions were filed in state courts in New Jersey and Ohio, alleging violations of the FLSA and/or the respective state laws. These cases were removed to federal court and subsequently transferred to the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York for consolidated pretrial proceedings with Hallissey . A third related action was filed in state court in California, which the parties have settled. The Company intends to defend against the remaining lawsuits vigorously.
     On January 17, 2002, Community Leader volunteers filed a class action lawsuit in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York against the Company, AOL and AOL Community, Inc. under ERISA. Plaintiffs allege that they are entitled to pension and/or welfare benefits and/or other employee benefits subject to ERISA. In March 2003, plaintiffs filed and served a second amended complaint, adding as defendants the Company’s Administrative Committee and the AOL Administrative Committee. On May 19, 2003, the Company, AOL and AOL Community, Inc. filed a motion to dismiss and the Administrative Committees filed a motion for judgment on the pleadings. Both of these motions are pending. The Company intends to defend against these lawsuits vigorously.
     On August 1, 2005, Thomas Dreiling filed a derivative suit in the U.S. District Court for the Western District of Washington against AOL and Infospace Inc. as nominal defendant. The complaint, brought in the name of Infospace by one of its shareholders, asserts violations of Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act. Plaintiff alleges that certain AOL executives and the founder of Infospace, Naveen Jain, entered into an agreement to manipulate Infospace’s stock price through the exercise of warrants that AOL had received in connection with a commercial agreement with Infospace. Because of this alleged agreement, plaintiff asserts that AOL and Mr. Jain constituted a “group” that held more than 10% of Infospace’s stock and, as a result, AOL violated the short-swing trading prohibition of Section 16(b) in connection with sales of shares received from the exercise of those warrants. The complaint seeks disgorgement of profits, interest and attorneys’ fees. On October 11, 2007, the parties filed cross-motions for summary judgment. On January 3, 2008, the court granted AOL’s motion and dismissed the complaint with prejudice. Plaintiff has filed a notice of appeal with the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Ninth Circuit, and the oral argument is scheduled for May 7, 2009. The Company intends to defend against this lawsuit vigorously.
     On September 1, 2006, Ronald A. Katz Technology Licensing, L.P. (“Katz”) filed a complaint in the U.S. District Court for the District of Delaware alleging that AOL, among other defendants, infringes a number of patents purportedly relating to customer call center operations and/or voicemail services. The plaintiff is seeking unspecified monetary damages as well as injunctive relief. On March 20, 2007, this case, together with other lawsuits filed by Katz, was made subject to a

48


Table of Contents

TIME WARNER INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
Multidistrict Litigation Order transferring the case for pretrial proceedings to the U.S. District Court for the Central District of California. In April 2008, AOL and other defendants filed “common” motions for summary judgment, which argued, among other things, that a number of claims in the patents at issue are invalid under Sections 112 and 103 of the Patent Act. On June 19 and August 4, 2008, the court issued orders granting, in part, and denying, in part, those motions. Defendants filed additional “individual” motions for summary judgment in August 2008, which argued, among other things, that defendants’ respective products do not infringe the surviving claims in plaintiff’s patents. Those motions have been fully briefed. The Company intends to defend against this lawsuit vigorously.
     On February 11, 2008, trustees of the Tolkien Trust and the J.R.R. Tolkien 1967 Discretionary Settlement Trust, as well as HarperCollins Publishers, Ltd. and two related publishing entities, sued New Line Cinema Corporation (“NLC Corp.”), a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company, and Katja Motion Picture Corp., a wholly owned subsidiary of NLC Corp., and other unnamed defendants in Los Angeles Superior Court. The complaint alleges that defendants breached contracts relating to three motion pictures: The Lord of the Rings: The Fellowship of the Ring ; The Lord of the Rings: The Two Towers ; and The Lord of the Rings: The Return of the King (collectively, the “Trilogy”) by, among other things, failing to make full payment to plaintiffs for their participation in the Trilogy’s gross receipts. The suit also seeks declarations as to the meaning of several provisions of the relevant agreements, including a declaration that would terminate defendants’ future rights to other motion pictures based on J.R.R. Tolkien’s works, including The Hobbit . In addition, the complaint sets forth related claims of breach of fiduciary duty, fraud and for reformation, an accounting and imposition of a constructive trust. Plaintiffs seek compensatory damages in excess of $150 million, unspecified punitive damages, and other relief. On May 14, 2008, NLC Corp. moved to dismiss under California law certain claims in the complaint and on June 24, 2008, the court granted that motion, finding that plaintiffs had failed to state sufficient facts to support their fraud and breach of fiduciary duty claims, and granted plaintiffs leave to amend the complaint. On July 14, 2008, plaintiffs filed an amended complaint, adding a cause of action for reformation of the underlying contracts. NLC Corp. again moved to dismiss certain claims and, on September 22, 2008, the court granted that motion, dismissing the plaintiffs’ claims for reformation and punitive damages without leave to amend. On October 3, 2008, plaintiffs moved for reconsideration of that decision, and on November 20, 2008 the court denied the plaintiffs’ motion. The Company intends to defend against this lawsuit vigorously.
     AOL Europe Services SARL (“AOL Luxembourg”), a wholly owned subsidiary of AOL organized under the laws of Luxembourg, has received four assessments from the French tax authorities for French value added tax (“VAT”) related to AOL Luxembourg’s subscription revenues from French subscribers earned during the period from July 1, 2003 through October 31, 2006. The first assessment was received on December 27, 2006, and the fourth was received on April 20, 2009. The French tax authorities allege that the French subscriber revenues are subject to French VAT, instead of Luxembourg VAT, as originally reported and paid by AOL Luxembourg. The assessments, including interest accrued through the respective assessment dates, total 191.8 million (approximately $253 million based on the exchange rate as of March 31, 2009). The Company is currently appealing the assessments at the French VAT audit level and intends to continue to defend against the assessments vigorously.
     On April 16, 2009, Time Inc. prevailed in a final disposition by the Supreme Court of the Republic of Indonesia of the lawsuit H.M. Suharto v. Time Inc. Asia et al. The underlying libel lawsuit was filed in July 1999 by the former dictator of Indonesia following the publication of TIME magazine’s May 24, 1999 cover story “Suharto Inc.” Following a trial in the Spring of 2000, a three-judge panel of an Indonesian court found in favor of Time Inc. and the journalists, and that decision was affirmed by an intermediate appellate court in March 2001. On August 30, 2007, eight years after the case was initially filed, the Supreme Court overturned the rulings of two lower courts and issued a judgment against Time Inc. Asia and six journalists. Among other things, the court’s August 30, 2007 decision ordered defendants to apologize for certain aspects of the May 1999 article and pay Mr. Suharto damages in the amount of one trillion rupiah (approximately $87 million based on the exchange rate as of March 31, 2009). The Company challenged the judgment by filing a petition for review before a different panel of Supreme Court justices on February 21, 2008. On April 16, 2009, that panel of the Supreme Court ruled in Time Inc.’s favor and reversed the August 30, 2007 judgment. The court’s April 16, 2009 ruling is a final disposition of this lawsuit.
     On September 20, 2007, Brantley, et al. v. NBC Universal, Inc., et al. was filed in the U.S. District Court for the Central District of California against the Company. The complaint, which also named as defendants several other programming content providers (collectively, the “programmer defendants”) as well as cable and satellite providers (collectively, the “distributor defendants”), alleged violations of Sections 1 and 2 of the Sherman Antitrust Act. Among other things, the complaint alleged coordination between and among the programmer defendants to sell and/or license programming on a

49


Table of Contents

TIME WARNER INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
“bundled” basis to the distributor defendants, who in turn purportedly offer that programming to subscribers in packaged tiers, rather than on a per channel (or “à la carte”) basis. Plaintiffs, who seek to represent a purported nationwide class of cable and satellite subscribers, demand, among other things, unspecified treble monetary damages and an injunction to compel the offering of channels to subscribers on an “à la carte” basis. On December 3, 2007, plaintiffs filed an amended complaint in this action (the “First Amended Complaint”) that, among other things, dropped the Section 2 claims and all allegations of horizontal coordination. The defendants, including the Company, filed motions to dismiss the First Amended Complaint and these motions were granted, with leave to amend. On March 20, 2008, plaintiffs filed a second amended complaint (the “Second Amended Complaint”) that modified certain aspects of the First Amended Complaint. On April 22, 2008, the defendants, including the Company, filed motions to dismiss the Second Amended Complaint, which motions were denied. On July 14, 2008, the defendants filed motions requesting the court to certify its order for interlocutory appeal to the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Ninth Circuit, which motions were denied. On November 14, 2008, the Company was dismissed as a programmer defendant, and Turner Broadcasting System, Inc. was substituted in its place. The Company intends to defend against this lawsuit vigorously.
     On April 4, 2007, the National Labor Relations Board (“NLRB”) issued a complaint against CNN America Inc. (“CNN America”) and Team Video Services, LLC (“Team Video”). This administrative proceeding relates to CNN America’s December 2003 and January 2004 terminations of its contractual relationships with Team Video, under which Team Video had provided electronic newsgathering services in Washington, DC and New York, NY. The National Association of Broadcast Employees and Technicians, under which Team Video’s employees were unionized, initially filed charges of unfair labor practices with the NLRB in February 2004, alleging that CNN America and Team Video were joint employers, that CNN America was a successor employer to Team Video, and/or that CNN America discriminated in its hiring practices to avoid becoming a successor employer or due to specific individuals’ union affiliation or activities. The NLRB investigated the charges and issued the above-noted complaint. The complaint seeks, among other things, the reinstatement of certain union members and monetary damages. A hearing in the matter before an NLRB Administrative Law Judge began on December 3, 2007 and ended on July 21, 2008. On November 19, 2008, the Administrative Law Judge issued a non-binding recommended decision finding CNN America liable. On February 17, 2009, CNN America filed exceptions to this decision with the NLRB. The Company intends to defend against this matter vigorously.
     On June 6, 2005, David McDavid and certain related entities (collectively, “McDavid”) filed a complaint against Turner Broadcasting System, Inc. (“Turner”) and the Company in Georgia state court. The complaint asserted, among other things, claims for breach of contract, breach of fiduciary duty, promissory estoppel and fraud relating to an alleged oral agreement between plaintiffs and Turner for the sale of the Atlanta Hawks and Thrashers sports franchises and certain operating rights to the Philips Arena. On August 20, 2008, the court issued an order dismissing all claims against the Company. The court also dismissed certain claims against Turner for breach of an alleged oral exclusivity agreement, for promissory estoppel based on the alleged exclusivity agreement and for breach of fiduciary duty. A trial as to the remaining claims against Turner commenced on October 8, 2008 and concluded on December 2, 2008. On December 9, 2008, the jury announced its verdict in favor of McDavid on the breach of contract and promissory estoppel claims, awarding damages on those claims of $281 million and $35 million, respectively. Pursuant to the court’s direction that McDavid choose one of the two claim awards, McDavid elected the $281 million award. The jury found in favor of Turner on the two remaining claims of fraud and breach of confidential information. On January 12, 2009, Turner filed a motion to overturn the jury verdict or, in the alternative, for a new trial, and, on April 22, 2009, the court denied the motion. On April 23, 2009, Turner filed a notice of appeal to the Georgia Court of Appeals. On April 24, 2009, McDavid filed a motion for supersedeas bond requesting the court to order Turner to post a bond in the amount of $25 million. The Company has a reserve established for this matter at March 31, 2009 of approximately $287 million (including interest accrued through such date), although it intends to defend against this lawsuit vigorously.
     On March 10, 2009, Anderson News L.L.C. and Anderson Services L.L.C. (collectively, “Anderson News”) filed an antitrust lawsuit in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York against several magazine publishers, distributors and wholesalers, including Time Inc. and one of its subsidiaries, Time/Warner Retail Sales & Marketing, Inc. Plaintiffs allege that defendants violated Section 1 of the Sherman Antitrust Act by engaging in an antitrust conspiracy against Anderson News, as well as other related state law claims. Plaintiffs are seeking unspecified monetary damages. The Company intends to defend against this lawsuit vigorously.
     From time to time, the Company receives notices from third parties claiming that it infringes their intellectual property rights. Claims of intellectual property infringement could require Time Warner to enter into royalty or licensing agreements on unfavorable terms, incur substantial monetary liability or be enjoined preliminarily or permanently from further use of

50


Table of Contents

TIME WARNER INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
the intellectual property in question. In addition, certain agreements entered into by the Company may require the Company to indemnify the other party for certain third-party intellectual property infringement claims, which could increase the Company’s damages and its costs of defending against such claims. Even if the claims are without merit, defending against the claims can be time-consuming and costly.
     The costs and other effects of pending or future litigation, governmental investigations, legal and administrative cases and proceedings (whether civil or criminal), settlements, judgments and investigations, claims and changes in those matters (including those matters described above), and developments or assertions by or against the Company relating to intellectual property rights and intellectual property licenses, could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition and operating results.
Income Tax Uncertainties
     During the three months ended March 31, 2009, the Company recorded additional income tax reserves of approximately $13 million. Of the $13 million additional income tax reserves, approximately $6 million would affect the Company’s effective tax rate if reversed. During the three months ended March 31, 2009, the Company recorded interest reserves related to the income tax reserves of approximately $36 million.
13. ADDITIONAL FINANCIAL INFORMATION
Cash Flows
     Additional financial information with respect to cash (payments) and receipts is as follows (millions):
                 
    Three Months Ended March 31,  
    2009     2008  
            (recast)  
Cash payments made for interest
  $ (139 )   $ (222 )
Interest income received
    11       22  
 
           
Cash interest payments, net
  $ (128 )   $ (200 )
 
           
 
               
Cash payments made for income taxes
  $ (96 )   $ (70 )
Income tax refunds received
    44       7  
 
           
Cash tax payments, net
  $ (52 )   $ (63 )
 
           
     The consolidated statement of cash flows for the three months ended March 31, 2009 does not reflect the noncash dividend of all shares of TWC common stock held by the Company in a spin-off to Time Warner stockholders, which reduced shareholders’ equity by $6.822 billion.
Interest Expense, Net
     Interest expense, net, consists of (millions):
                 
    Three Months Ended March 31,  
    2009     2008  
            (recast)  
Interest income
  $ 34     $ 47  
Interest expense
    (346 )     (394 )
 
           
Total interest expense, net
  $ (312 )   $ (347 )
 
           

51


Table of Contents

TIME WARNER INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
Other Loss, Net
     Other loss, net, consists of (millions):
                 
    Three Months Ended March 31,  
    2009     2008  
            (recast)  
Investment losses, net
  $ (13 )   $ (36 )
Loss on equity method investees
    (23 )     (13 )
Losses on accounts receivable
    (2 )     (13 )
Other
    (1 )     3  
 
           
Total other loss, net
  $ (39 )   $ (59 )
 
           
Related Parties
     Income (expense) resulting from transactions with related parties consists of (millions):
                 
    Three Months Ended March 31,  
    2009     2008  
            (recast)  
Revenues
  $ 105     $ 93  
Costs of revenues
    (1 )     (3 )
Selling, general and administrative
    (4 )     (1 )
Prepaid Expenses and Other Current Assets
     The Company has historically invested a portion of its cash on hand in money market funds, including The Reserve Fund’s Primary Fund (“The Reserve Fund”). On the morning of September 15, 2008, the Company requested a full redemption of its approximately $330 million investment in The Reserve Fund, but the redemption request was not honored. On September 22, 2008, The Reserve Fund announced that redemptions of shares were suspended pursuant to a Securities and Exchange Commission order requested by The Reserve Fund so that an orderly liquidation could be effected. Through April 28, 2009, the Company has received $297 million from The Reserve Fund representing its pro rata share of partial distributions made by The Reserve Fund. The Company has not been informed as to when the remaining amount will be returned. In February 2009, The Reserve Fund announced that it would set aside an initial amount of $3.5 billion to defend against certain legal actions. The Company has filed a claim against The Reserve Fund demanding repayment of the remaining amount of its full investment. As a result of the status of The Reserve Fund, the Company has classified its receivable from The Reserve Fund at March 31, 2009 as other current assets on the Company’s consolidated balance sheet.

52


Table of Contents

TIME WARNER INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
Accounts Payable and Accrued Expenses
     Accounts payable and accrued expenses consist of (millions):
                 
    March 31, 2009     December 31, 2008  
            (recast)  
Accounts payable
  $ 595     $ 800  
Accrued expenses
    2,632       2,789  
Participations payable
    2,474       2,522  
Royalties and programming costs payable
    751       687  
Accrued compensation
    660       974  
Accrued interest
    421       265  
Accrued income taxes
    256       157  
 
           
Total accounts payable and accrued expenses
  $ 7,789     $ 8,194  
 
           
Other Noncurrent Liabilities
     Other noncurrent liabilities consist of (millions):
                 
    March 31, 2009     December 31, 2008  
            (recast)  
Noncurrent tax and interest reserves
  $ 2,127     $ 2,106  
Participations payable
    1,207       1,384  
Royalties and programming costs payable
    1,219       1,145  
Noncurrent pension and post retirement liabilities
    848       829  
Deferred compensation
    500       552  
Other noncurrent liabilities
    811       785  
 
           
Total other noncurrent liabilities
  $ 6,712     $ 6,801  
 
           
Accounts Receivable and Receivables Securitized
     Accounts receivable and receivables securitized consist of (millions):
                 
    March 31, 2009     December 31, 2008  
            (recast)  
Securitized trade receivables
  $ 1,501     $ 1,984  
Receivables sold to third parties
    (717 )     (805 )
 
           
Retained interests in securitizations
    784       1,179  
Receivables not subject to securitizations
    5,768       6,754  
 
           
Receivables, including retained interest in securitizations
    6,552       7,933  
Allowances
    (1,878 )     (2,269 )
 
           
Current receivables, including retained interests in securitizations, net
    4,674       5,664  
Noncurrent receivables (included in other assets)
    956       983  
 
           
Total receivables
  $ 5,630     $ 6,647  
 
           
     Revenues (and related receivables) from the distribution of television product are recognized when the film or series is made available to customers for exploitation. In certain circumstances, the availability dates granted to the customers may precede the date the Company, pursuant to the terms of the applicable contractual arrangements, may bill the customers for these sales. Unbilled accounts receivable, which primarily relate to the aforementioned distribution of television product, totaled $2.388 billion and $2.428 billion at March 31, 2009 and December 31, 2008, respectively. Included in the unbilled accounts receivable at March 31, 2009 was $1.527 billion to be billed in the next twelve months.

53


Table of Contents

TIME WARNER INC.
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Overview
     Set forth below are condensed consolidating financial statements presenting the financial position, results of operations and cash flows of (i) Time Warner Inc. (the “Parent Company”), (ii) Historic TW Inc. (in its own capacity and as successor to Time Warner Companies, Inc.), Home Box Office, Inc. (“HBO”), and Turner Broadcasting System, Inc., each a wholly owned subsidiary of the Parent Company, on a combined basis (collectively, the “Guarantor Subsidiaries”), (iii) the direct and indirect non-guarantor subsidiaries of the Parent Company (the “Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries”) on a combined basis and (iv) the eliminations necessary to arrive at the information for Time Warner Inc. on a consolidated basis. These condensed consolidating financial statements are included in connection with the registration statement on Form S-3 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission by the Parent Company and HBO on April 6, 2009.
     There are no legal or regulatory restrictions on the Parent Company’s ability to obtain funds from any of its wholly owned subsidiaries through dividends, loans or advances.
     These condensed consolidating financial statements should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements of Time Warner Inc. and reflect Time Warner Cable Inc., which was separated from the Parent Company on March 12, 2009, as a discontinued operation.
     On April 15, 2009, the Parent Company completed a solicitation of consents (the “Consent Solicitation”) from the holders of debt securities issued under certain Indentures (the “Securities”), resulting in the adoption on April 16, 2009 of certain amendments to each Indenture that provide that certain restrictive covenants will not apply (subject to the concurrent or prior issuance of the guarantee by HBO discussed below) to a conveyance or transfer by AOL LLC, a subsidiary of the Parent Company, of its properties and assets substantially as an entirety unless such conveyance or transfer constitutes a conveyance or transfer of the properties and assets of the issuer and the guarantors under the relevant Indenture and their respective subsidiaries, taken as a whole, substantially as an entirety. As a result of the Consent Solicitation, in connection with the conveyance or transfer of AOL LLC’s properties and assets substantially as an entirety, HBO will issue a guarantee of the obligations of Historic TW Inc., whether as issuer or guarantor, under the Indentures and the Securities. Such guarantee will be issued by HBO only in connection with such a transaction. Accordingly, for purposes of this presentation, the consolidating financial information herein reflects HBO as a Guarantor Subsidiary and does not reflect the historical financial information of AOL LLC in the Guarantor data and information. Instead, the historical financial information of AOL LLC is reflected in the data and information regarding the Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries. If the HBO guarantee is issued, HBO, together with the other Guarantor Subsidiaries, will fully and unconditionally, jointly and severally, guarantee the Securities on an unsecured basis.
Basis of Presentation
     In presenting the condensed consolidating financial statements, the equity method of accounting has been applied to (i) the Parent Company’s interests in the Guarantor Subsidiaries and (ii) the Guarantor Subsidiaries’ interests in the Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries, where applicable, even though all such subsidiaries meet the requirements to be consolidated under U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. All intercompany balances and transactions between the Parent Company, the Guarantor Subsidiaries and the Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries have been eliminated, as shown in the column “Eliminations.”
     The Parent Company’s accounting bases in all subsidiaries, including goodwill and identified intangible assets, have been “pushed down” to the applicable subsidiaries. Interest income (expense) is determined based on third-party debt and the relevant intercompany amounts within the respective legal entity.
     All direct and indirect domestic subsidiaries are included in Time Warner Inc.’s consolidated U.S. tax return. In the condensed consolidating financial statements, tax expense has been allocated based on each such subsidiary’s relative pretax income to the consolidated pretax income. With respect to the use of certain consolidated tax attributes (principally operating and capital loss carryforwards), such benefits have been allocated to the respective subsidiary that generated the taxable income permitting such use (i.e., pro-rata based on where the income was generated). For example, to the extent a Non-Guarantor Subsidiary generated a gain on the sale of a business for which the Parent Company utilized tax attributes to offset such gain, the tax attribute benefit would be allocated to that Non-Guarantor Subsidiary. Deferred taxes of the Parent Company, the Guarantor Subsidiaries and the Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries have been allocated based upon the temporary differences between the carrying amounts of the respective assets and liabilities of the applicable entities.
     Corporate overhead expenses have been reflected as expenses of the Parent Company and have not been allocated to the Guarantor Subsidiaries or the Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries. Certain transfers of cash between subsidiaries and their parent companies are reflected as cash flows from investing and financing activities in the accompanying condensed consolidating statements of cash flows. All other intercompany activity is reflected in cash flows from operations.

54


Table of Contents

TIME WARNER INC.
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
Consolidating Balance Sheet
March 31, 2009
(Unaudited)
                                         
                                    Time  
            Guarantor     Non-Guarantor             Warner  
    Time Warner     Subsidiaries     Subsidiaries     Eliminations     Consolidated  
   
(millions)
 
ASSETS
                                       
Current assets
                                       
Cash and equivalents
  $ 6,247     $ 99     $ 769     $     $ 7,115  
Receivables, net
    33       656       3,985             4,674  
Inventories
          519       1,531             2,050  
Deferred income taxes
    723       563       563       (1,126 )     723  
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
    113       126       486             725  
 
                             
Total current assets
    7,116       1,963       7,334       (1,126 )     15,287  
Noncurrent inventories and film costs
          1,712       3,458       (116 )     5,054  
Investments in amounts due to and from consolidated subsidiaries
    43,516       21,121       11,187       (75,824 )      
Investments, including available-for-sale securities
    67       345       1,011       (479 )     944  
Property, plant and equipment
    393       485       3,891             4,769  
Intangible assets subject to amortization, net
          2       3,490             3,492  
Intangible assets not subject to amortization
          2,009       5,714             7,723  
Goodwill
          9,880       22,477             32,357  
Other assets
    142       91       970             1,203  
 
                             
Total assets
  $ 51,234     $ 37,608     $ 59,532     $ (77,545 )   $ 70,829  
 
                             
 
                                       
LIABILITIES AND EQUITY
                                       
Current liabilities
                                       
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities
  $ 925     $ 1,066     $ 5,880     $ (82 )   $ 7,789  
Deferred revenue
          15       965       (14 )     966  
Debt due within one year
    2,000       12       68             2,080  
Current liabilities of discontinued operations
    49             3             52  
 
                             
Total current liabilities
    2,974       1,093       6,916       (96 )     10,887  
Long-term debt
    9,976       5,345       81             15,402  
Due (to) from affiliates
    (787 )           787              
Deferred income taxes
    1,127       2,812       2,622       (5,434 )     1,127  
Deferred revenue
                384       (111 )     273  
Other noncurrent liabilities
    2,158       2,324       4,451       (2,221 )     6,712  
Equity
                                       
Due (to) from Time Warner and subsidiaries
          (16,337 )     (2,961 )     19,298        
Other shareholders’ equity
    35,786       42,371       46,469       (88,840 )     35,786  
 
                             
Total Time Warner Inc. shareholders’ equity
    35,786       26,034       43,508       (69,542 )     35,786  
Noncontrolling interests
                783       (141 )     642  
 
                             
Total equity
    35,786       26,034       44,291       (69,683 )     36,428  
 
                             
Total liabilities and equity
  $ 51,234     $ 37,608     $ 59,532     $ (77,545 )   $ 70,829  
 
                             

55


Table of Contents

TIME WARNER INC.
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
Consolidating Balance Sheet
December 31, 2008
(Unaudited)
                                         
                                    Time  
            Guarantor     Non-Guarantor             Warner  
    Time Warner     Subsidiaries     Subsidiaries     Eliminations     Consolidated  
   
(recast, millions)
 
ASSETS
                                       
Current assets
                                       
Cash and equivalents
  $ 469     $ 103     $ 661     $     $ 1,233  
Receivables, net
    67       675       4,922             5,664  
Inventories
          553       1,436             1,989  
Deferred income taxes
    625       464       465       (930 )     624  
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
    217       107       448             772  
Current assets of discontinued operations
                6,480             6,480  
 
                             
Total current assets
    1,378       1,902       14,412       (930 )     16,762  
Noncurrent inventories and film costs
          1,732       3,584       (124 )     5,192  
Investments in amounts due to and from consolidated subsidiaries
    59,525       38,198       11,178       (108,901 )      
Investments, including available-for-sale securities
    68       382       1,047       (461 )     1,036  
Property, plant and equipment
    406       499       3,991             4,896  
Intangible assets subject to amortization, net
          2       3,562             3,564  
Intangible assets not subject to amortization
          2,009       5,719             7,728  
Goodwill
          9,879       22,549             32,428  
Other assets
    104       101       1,015             1,220  
Noncurrent assets of discontinued operations
                41,231             41,231  
 
                             
Total assets
  $ 61,481     $ 54,704     $ 108,288     $ (110,416 )   $ 114,057  
 
                             
 
                                       
LIABILITIES AND EQUITY
                                       
Current liabilities
                                       
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities
  $ 463     $ 1,030     $ 6,789     $ (88 )   $ 8,194  
Deferred revenue
          8       1,020       (16 )     1,012  
Debt due within one year
    2,000       12       54             2,066  
Current liabilities of discontinued operations
                2,865             2,865  
 
                             
Total current liabilities
    2,463       1,050       10,728       (104 )     14,137  
Long-term debt
    14,466       5,350       73             19,889  
Due (to) from affiliates
    (847 )           847              
Deferred income taxes
    974       2,795       2,616       (5,411 )     974  
Deferred revenue
                379       (113 )     266  
Other noncurrent liabilities
    2,137       2,330       4,504       (2,170 )     6,801  
Noncurrent liabilities of discontinued operations
                26,320             26,320  
Equity
                                       
Due (to) from Time Warner and subsidiaries
          (15,308 )     (30,627 )     45,935        
Other shareholders’ equity
    42,288       58,487       89,927       (148,414 )     42,288  
 
                             
Total Time Warner Inc. shareholders’ equity
    42,288       43,179       59,300       (102,479 )     42,288  
Noncontrolling interests
                3,521       (139 )     3,382  
 
                             
Total equity
    42,288       43,179       62,821       (102,618 )     45,670  
 
                             
Total liabilities and equity
  $ 61,481     $ 54,704     $ 108,288     $ (110,416 )   $ 114,057  
 
                             

56


Table of Contents

TIME WARNER INC.
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
Consolidating Statement of Operations
For The Three Months Ended March 31, 2009
(Unaudited)
                                         
                                    Time  
            Guarantor     Non-Guarantor             Warner  
    Time Warner     Subsidiaries     Subsidiaries     Eliminations     Consolidated  
   
(millions)
 
 
                                       
Revenues
  $     $ 1,273     $ 5,747     $ (75 )   $ 6,945  
 
                             
Costs of revenues
          (608 )     (3,347 )     75       (3,880 )
Selling, general and administrative
    (91 )     (199 )     (1,362 )           (1,652 )
Amortization of intangible assets
                (121 )           (121 )
Restructuring costs
                (94 )           (94 )
 
                             
Operating income (loss)
    (91 )     466       823             1,198  
Equity in pretax income of consolidated subsidiaries
    1,158       638       310       (2,106 )      
Interest expense, net
    (203 )     (107 )     (2 )           (312 )
Other income (expense), net
    (17 )     2       5       (29 )     (39 )
 
                             
Income from continuing operations before income taxes
    847       999       1,136       (2,135 )     847  
Income tax provision
    (288 )     (347 )     (395 )     742       (288 )
 
                             
Income from continuing operations
    559       652       741       (1,393 )     559  
Discontinued operations, net of tax
    131       180       180       (360 )     131  
 
                             
Net income (loss)
    690       832       921       (1,753 )     690  
Less Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests
    (29 )     (20 )     (37 )     57       (29 )
 
                             
Net income attributable to Time Warner Inc. shareholders
  $ 661     $ 812     $ 884     $ (1,696 )   $ 661  
 
                             

57


Table of Contents

TIME WARNER INC.
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
Consolidating Statement of Operations
For The Three Months Ended March 31, 2008
(Unaudited)
                                         
                                    Time  
            Guarantor     Non-Guarantor             Warner  
    Time Warner     Subsidiaries     Subsidiaries     Eliminations     Consolidated  
   
(recast, millions)
 
 
                                       
Revenues
  $     $ 1,237     $ 6,319     $ (86 )   $ 7,470  
 
                             
Costs of revenues
          (639 )     (3,614 )     86       (4,167 )
Selling, general and administrative
    (100 )     (198 )     (1,434 )           (1,732 )
Amortization of intangible assets
                (118 )           (118 )
Restructuring costs
    (6 )           (136 )           (142 )
 
                             
Operating income (loss)
    (106 )     400       1,017             1,311  
Equity in pretax income of consolidated subsidiaries
    1,269       830       332       (2,431 )      
Interest expense, net
    (262 )     (265 )     180             (347 )
Other income (expense), net
    4       (4 )     (35 )     (24 )     (59 )
 
                             
Income from continuing operations before income taxes
    905       961       1,494       (2,455 )     905  
Income tax provision
    (345 )     (354 )     (579 )     933       (345 )
 
                             
Income from continuing operations
    560       607       915       (1,522 )     560  
Discontinued operations, net of tax
    262       263       259       (522 )     262  
 
                             
Net income (loss)
    822       870       1,174       (2,044 )     822  
Less Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests
    (51 )     (40 )     (71 )     111       (51 )
 
                             
Net income attributable to Time Warner Inc. shareholders
  $ 771     $ 830     $ 1,103     $ (1,933 )   $ 771  
 
                             

58


Table of Contents

TIME WARNER INC.
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
Consolidating Statement of Cash Flows
For The Three Months Ended March 31, 2009
(Unaudited)
                                         
            Guarantor     Non-Guarantor             Time Warner  
    Time Warner     Subsidiaries     Subsidiaries     Eliminations     Consolidated  
                    (millions)                  
OPERATIONS
                                       
Net income
  $ 690     $ 832     $ 921     $ (1,753 )   $ 690  
Less Discontinued operations, net of tax
    131       180       180       (360 )     131  
 
                             
Net income from continuing operations
    559       652       741       (1,393 )     559  
Adjustments for noncash and nonoperating items:
                                       
Depreciation and amortization
    10       31       316             357  
Amortization of film and television costs
          472       1,152             1,624  
Loss on investments and other assets, net
          2                   2  
Excess (deficiency) of distributions over equity in pretax income of consolidated subsidiaries
    (1,158 )     (638 )     (310 )     2,106        
Equity in losses of investee companies, net of cash distributions
          (3 )     25             22  
Equity-based compensation
    13       15       43             71  
Deferred income taxes
    (40 )     (47 )     (47 )     94       (40 )
Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of acquisitions
    534       (130 )     (759 )     (815 )     (1,170 )
Intercompany
          150       (150 )            
 
                             
Cash provided (used) by operations from continuing operations
    (82 )     504       1,011       (8 )     1,425  
 
                             
INVESTING ACTIVITIES
                                       
Investments in available-for-sale securities
    (2 )                       (2 )
Investments and acquisitions, net of cash acquired
          (12 )     (38 )           (50 )
Capital expenditures and product development costs
    (13 )     (17 )     (104 )           (134 )
Investment proceeds from available-for-sale securities
                5             5  
Special Dividend received from Time Warner Cable Inc.
    9,253                         9,253  
Advances to parent and consolidated subsidiaries
    1,308       552             (1,860 )      
Other investment proceeds
    38       2       72             112  
 
                             
Cash used by investing activities from continuing operations
    10,584       525       (65 )     (1,860 )     9,184  
 
                             
FINANCING ACTIVITIES
                                       
Borrowings
    3,493             14             3,507  
Debt repayments
    (7,983 )           (3 )           (7,986 )
Principal payments on capital leases
          (4 )     (7 )           (11 )
Dividends paid
    (226 )                       (226 )
Other financing activities
    (8 )           (1 )           (9 )
Change in due to/from parent and investment in segment
          (1,029 )     (839 )     1,868        
 
                             
Cash provided (used) by financing activities from continuing operations
    (4,724 )     (1,033 )     (836 )     1,868       (4,725 )
 
                             
Cash provided by continuing operations
    5,778       (4 )     110             5,884  
 
                             
 
                                       
Cash provided by operations from discontinued operations
                582             582  
Cash used by investing activities from discontinued operations
                (622 )           (622 )
Cash used by financing activities from discontinued operations
                (5,224 )           (5,224 )
Effect of change in cash and equivalents of discontinued operations
                5,262             5,262  
 
                             
Cash used by discontinued operations
                (2 )           (2 )
 
                             
 
                                       
INCREASE IN CASH AND EQUIVALENTS
    5,778       (4 )     108             5,882  
CASH AND EQUIVALENTS AT BEGINNING OF PERIOD
    469       103       661             1,233  
 
                             
CASH AND EQUIVALENTS AT END OF PERIOD
  $ 6,247     $ 99     $ 769     $     $ 7,115  
 
                             

59


Table of Contents

TIME WARNER INC.
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
Consolidating Statement of Cash Flows
For The Three Months Ended March 31, 2008
(Unaudited)
                                         
            Guarantor     Non-
Guarantor
            Time Warner  
    Time Warner     Subsidiaries     Subsidiaries     Eliminations     Consolidated  
   
(recast, millions)
 
 
                                       
OPERATIONS
                                       
Net income
  $ 822     $ 870     $ 1,174     $ (2,044 )   $ 822  
Less Discontinued operations, net of tax
    262       263       259       (522 )     262  
 
                             
Net income from continuing operations
    560       607       915       (1,522 )     560  
Adjustments for noncash and nonoperating items:
                                       
Depreciation and amortization
    10       27       328             365  
Amortization of film and television costs
          494       883             1,377  
Loss on investments and other assets, net
          1       25             26  
Excess (deficiency) of distributions over equity in pretax income of consolidated subsidiaries
    (1,269 )     (830 )     (332 )     2,431        
Equity in losses of investee companies, net of cash distributions
          (3 )     22             19  
Equity-based compensation
    19       16       40             75  
Deferred income taxes
    37       (111 )     (94 )     205       37  
Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of acquisitions
    468       (88 )     (112 )     (1,111 )     (843 )
Intercompany
          193       (193 )            
 
                             
Cash provided (used) by operations from continuing operations
    (175 )     306       1,482       3       1,616  
 
                             
INVESTING ACTIVITIES
                                       
Investments and acquisitions, net of cash acquired
          (13 )     (240 )           (253 )
Capital expenditures and product development costs
    (2 )     (24 )     (120 )           (146 )
Advances to parent and consolidated subsidiaries
    989       1,190       381       (2,560 )      
Other investment proceeds
    2       14       14             30  
 
                             
Cash used by investing activities from continuing operations
    989       1,167       35       (2,560 )     (369 )
 
                             
FINANCING ACTIVITIES
                                       
Borrowings
    2,102             10             2,112  
Debt repayments
    (2,531 )     (166 )     (19 )           (2,716 )
Proceeds from exercise of stock options
    34                         34  
Excess tax benefit on stock options
    2                         2  
Principal payments on capital leases
          (1 )     (9 )           (10 )
Repurchases of common stock
    (332 )                       (332 )
Dividends paid
    (224 )                       (224 )
Other financing activities
    (18 )                       (18 )
Change in due to/from parent and investment in segment
          (1,255 )     (1,302 )     2,557        
 
                             
Cash provided (used) by financing activities from continuing operations
    (967 )     (1,422 )     (1,320 )     2,557       (1,152 )
 
                             
Cash provided (used) by continuing operations
    (153 )     51     197             95  
 
                             
 
                                       
Cash provided by operations from discontinued operations
                1,180             1,180  
Cash used by investing activities from discontinued operations
                (841 )           (841 )
Cash used by financing activities from discontinued operations
                (348 )           (348 )
Effect of change in cash and equivalents of discontinued operations
                6             6  
 
                             
Cash used by discontinued operations
                (3 )           (3 )
 
                             
 
                                       
INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH AND EQUIVALENTS
    (153 )     51     194             92  
CASH AND EQUIVALENTS AT BEGINNING OF PERIOD
    586       53       646             1,285  
 
                             
CASH AND EQUIVALENTS AT END OF PERIOD
  $ 433     $ 104     $ 840     $     $ 1,377  
 
                             

60


Table of Contents

Part II. Other Information
Item 1. Legal Proceedings.
Other Matters
     Reference is made to the lawsuit filed by certain heirs of Jerome Siegel described on page 55 of the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008 (the “2008 Form 10-K”). The first phase trial commenced on April 28, 2009, and the second phase trial is scheduled to commence on October 20, 2009.
     Reference is made to the derivative suit filed by Thomas Dreiling described on page 56 of the 2008 Form 10-K. The oral argument is scheduled for May 7, 2009.
     Reference is made to the lawsuit filed by the former dictator of the Republic of Indonesia described on page 57 of the 2008 Form 10-K. On April 16, 2009, the Supreme Court of Indonesia ruled in Time Inc.’s favor and reversed the court’s August 30, 2007 judgment. The court’s April 16, 2009 ruling is a final disposition of this lawsuit.
     Reference is made to the lawsuit filed by David McDavid and certain related entities described on page 58 of the 2008 Form 10-K. On April 22, 2009, the court denied Turner’s motion to overturn the jury verdict or, in the alternative, for a new trial, and, on April 23, 2009, Turner filed a notice of appeal to the Georgia Court of Appeals. On April 24, 2009, McDavid filed a motion for supersedeas bond requesting the court to order Turner to post a bond in the amount of $25 million. The Company has a reserve established for this matter at March 31, 2009 of approximately $287 million (including interest accrued through such date), although it intends to defend against this lawsuit vigorously.
     On March 10, 2009, Anderson News L.L.C. and Anderson Services L.L.C. (collectively, “Anderson News”) filed an antitrust lawsuit in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York against several magazine publishers, distributors and wholesalers, including Time Inc. and one of its subsidiaries, Time/Warner Retail Sales & Marketing, Inc. Plaintiffs allege that defendants violated Section 1 of the Sherman Antitrust Act by engaging in an antitrust conspiracy against Anderson News, as well as other related state law claims.  Plaintiffs are seeking unspecified monetary damages.  The Company intends to defend against this lawsuit vigorously. 
Item 1A. Risk Factors.
     There have been no material changes in the Company’s risk factors from those disclosed in Part I, Item 1A of the 2008 Form 10-K.

61


Table of Contents

Item 2. Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities and Use of Proceeds.
Company Purchases of Equity Securities
     The following table provides information about purchases by the Company during the quarter ended March 31, 2009 of equity securities registered by the Company pursuant to Section 12 of the Exchange Act.
Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
                                 
                    Total Number of   Approximate Dollar
                    Shares Purchased as   Value of Shares that
                    Part of Publicly   May Yet Be
    Total Number of   Average Price   Announced Plans or   Purchased Under the
Period
  Shares Purchased (1)   Paid Per Share (2)   Programs (3)   Plans or Programs (4)
January 1, 2009 – January 31, 2009
    0     N/A         0     $ 2,202,463,464  
February 1, 2009 – February 28, 2009
    0     N/A         0     $ 2,202,463,464  
March 1, 2009 – March 31, 2009
    0     N/A         0     $ 2,202,463,464  
 
                               
Total
    0     N/A         0          
 
(1)  
The total number of shares purchased includes (a) shares of Common Stock purchased by the Company under the Stock Repurchase Program described in footnote 3 below, and (b) shares of Common Stock that are tendered by employees to the Company to satisfy the employees’ tax withholding obligations in connection with the vesting of awards of restricted stock, which are repurchased by the Company based on their fair market value on the vesting date. No awards of restricted stock vested in the months of January, February and March. Consequently, the Company did not purchase any shares of Common Stock in connection with the vesting of such awards during these months.
(2)  
The calculation of the average price paid per share does not give effect to any fees, commissions or other costs associated with the repurchase of such shares.
(3)  
On August 1, 2007, the Company announced that its Board of Directors had authorized a stock repurchase program that allows Time Warner to repurchase, from time to time, up to $5 billion of Common Stock (the “Stock Repurchase Program”). Purchases under the Stock Repurchase Program may be made, from time to time, on the open market and in privately negotiated transactions. The size and timing of these purchases will be based on a number of factors, including price and business and market conditions. In the past, the Company has repurchased shares of Common Stock pursuant to trading programs under Rule 10b5-1 promulgated under the Exchange Act, and it may repurchase shares of Common Stock under such trading programs in the future.
(4)   This amount does not reflect the fees, commissions and other costs associated with the Stock Repurchase Program.
Item 4. Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders.
     A Special Meeting of Stockholders of the Company was held on January 16, 2009 (the “January 2009 Special Meeting”). For a description of the matter voted on at the January 2009 Special Meeting, see Part I, Item 4 of the 2008 Form 10-K.
Item 6. Exhibits.
     The exhibits listed on the accompanying Exhibit Index are filed or incorporated by reference as a part of this report and such Exhibit Index is incorporated herein by reference.

62


Table of Contents

TIME WARNER INC.
SIGNATURE
     Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned thereunto duly authorized.
         
  TIME WARNER INC.
(Registrant)
 
 
Date: April 29, 2009 /s/ John K. Martin, Jr.  
  John K. Martin, Jr.   
  Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer 
 

63


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX
Pursuant to Item 601 of Regulation S-K
     
Exhibit No.
 
Description of Exhibit
 
   
3.1
 
Certificate of Amendment, dated March 27, 2009, to the Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Time Warner Inc. (the “Company”) as filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on March 27, 2009 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated March 27, 2009).
 
   
4.1
 
Fifth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of February 23, 2009, to the Indenture dated as of October 15, 1992 (the “1992 Historic TW Indenture”), among Time Warner Companies, Inc. (“TWCI”) as issuer, the Company, AOL LLC (“AOL”), Historic TW Inc. (“Historic TW”) and Turner Broadcasting System, Inc. (“TBS”) as guarantors, and The Bank of New York Mellon (“BNY Mellon”), as Trustee (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 99.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated February 23, 2009 (the “February 2009 Form 8-K”)).
 
   
4.2
 
Sixth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of April 16, 2009, to the 1992 Historic TW Indenture, among Historic TW (in its capacity as successor to TWCI) as issuer, the Company, AOL, Historic TW (in its own capacity and not as successor to TWCI) and TBS as guarantors, and BNY Mellon, as Trustee (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 99.4 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated April 16, 2009 (the “April 2009 Form 8-K”)).
 
   
4.3
 
Eighth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of February 23, 2009, to the Indenture dated as of January 15, 1993 (the “1993 Historic TW Indenture”), among TWCI as issuer, the Company, AOL, Historic TW and TBS as guarantors, and BNY Mellon, as Trustee (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 99.2 to the February 2009 Form 8-K).
 
   
4.4
 
Ninth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of April 16, 2009, to the 1993 Historic TW Indenture, among Historic TW (in its capacity as successor to TWCI) as issuer, the Company, AOL, Historic TW (in its own capacity and not as successor to TWCI) and TBS as guarantors, and BNY Mellon, as Trustee (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 99.3 to the April 2009 Form 8-K).
 
   
4.5
 
Fifth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of February 23, 2009, to the Indenture dated as of May 15, 1993 (the “1993 TBS Indenture”), among TBS as issuer, TWCI, the Company, AOL and Historic TW as guarantors, and BNY Mellon, as Trustee (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 99.3 to the February 2009 Form 8-K).
 
   
4.6
 
Sixth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of April 16, 2009, to the 1993 TBS Indenture, among TBS as issuer, the Company, AOL and Historic TW (including in its capacity as successor to TWCI) as guarantors, and BNY Mellon, as Trustee (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 99.5 to the April 2009 Form 8-K).
 
   
4.7
 
Second Supplemental Indenture, dated as of April 16, 2009, to the Indenture dated as of June 1, 1998, among Historic TW as issuer, the Company, AOL, Historic TW (in its capacity as successor to TWCI) and TBS as guarantors, and BNY Mellon, as Trustee (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 99.2 to the April 2009 Form 8-K).
 
   
4.8
 
First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of April 16, 2009, to the Indenture dated as of April 19, 2001, among the Company as issuer, AOL, Historic TW (including in its capacity as successor to TWCI) and TBS as guarantors, and BNY Mellon, as Trustee (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 99.1 to the April 2009 Form 8-K).
 
   
10.1
  Time Warner Inc. 1999 Stock Plan, as amended through March 27, 2009.
 
   
10.2
  Time Warner Inc. 2006 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended through March 27, 2009.
 
   
10.3
  Form of Performance Stock Units Agreement (PSU Agreement, Version Bewkes 3).
 
   
10.4
 
First Amendment Agreement, dated as of March 11, 2009, to the Amended and Restated Revolving Credit Agreement dated as of July 8, 2002 and amended and restated as of February 17, 2006 (the “Revolving Credit Agreement”), by and among Lehman Commercial Paper Inc., as Exiting Lender, the Lenders party thereto, Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent, and Time Warner and Time Warner International Finance Limited, as Borrowers.

64


Table of Contents

     
Exhibit No.
 
Description of Exhibit
 
   
10.5
 
Second Amendment Agreement, dated as of March 11, 2009, to the Revolving Credit Agreement, by and among Time Warner and Time Warner International Finance Limited, as Borrowers, Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent, and the Lenders party thereto.
 
   
31.1
 
Certification of Principal Executive Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, with respect to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2009.
 
   
31.2
 
Certification of Principal Financial Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, with respect to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2009.
 
   
32
 
Certification of Principal Executive Officer and Principal Financial Officer pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, with respect to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2009. †
 
 
This certification will not be deemed “filed” for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78r), or otherwise subject to the liability of that section. Such certification will not be deemed to be incorporated by reference into any filing under the Securities Act or Securities Exchange Act, except to the extent that the Company specifically incorporates it by reference.

65

Exhibit 10.1
As amended through
March 27, 2009
TIME WARNER INC.
1999 STOCK PLAN
1.    PURPOSES OF THE PLAN .
     The Plan is intended to encourage ownership of Shares by Key Employees and directors of and certain consultants to the Company or its Affiliates in order to attract and retain such people, to motivate them to work for the benefit of the Company or an Affiliate, and to provide an additional incentive for them to promote the success of the Company or of an Affiliate. The Plan provides for the granting of ISOs and Non-Qualified Options and awards of Stock Purchase Rights and Restricted Stock Units.
2.    DEFINITIONS .
     Unless otherwise specified or unless the context otherwise requires, the following terms, as used in this Time Warner Inc. 1999 Stock Plan, have the following meanings:
      Administrator means the Board of Directors, unless it has delegated power to act on its behalf to the Committee, in which case the Administrator means the Committee.
 
      Affiliate , with respect to ISOs, means a corporation which, for purposes of Section 424 of the Code, is a parent or subsidiary of the Company, direct or indirect, and, with respect to Non-Qualified Options, means any corporation, company or other entity whose financial results are consolidated with those of the Company in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, all as determined by the Administrator.
 
      Board of Directors means the Board of Directors of the Company.
 
      Change in Control means either a Corporate Change in Control or a Transactional Change in Control.
 
      Code means the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
 
      Committee means the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors, or its successor, or such other committee of the Board of Directors to which the Board of Directors has delegated power to act under or pursuant to the provisions of the Plan or a subcommittee of the Compensation Committee established by the Compensation Committee.
 
      Common Stock means shares of the Company’s common stock, $.01 par value per share.

 


 

      Company means (i) with respect to the periods prior to January 11, 2001, America Online, Inc., a Delaware corporation and (ii) with respect to periods on and after January 11, 2001, Time Warner Inc., a Delaware corporation named AOL Time Warner Inc. prior to October 16, 2003.
 
      Corporate Change in Control means the happening of any of the following events:
  (1)   the acquisition by any individual, entity or group (an “Entity”), including any “person” within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act, of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act) of 30% or more of either (i) the then outstanding shares of common stock of the Company (the “Outstanding Company Common Stock”) or (ii) the combined voting power of the then outstanding securities of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (the “Outstanding Company Voting Securities”); excluding, however, the following: (A) any acquisition directly from the Company (excluding any acquisition by virtue of the exercise of an exercise, conversion or exchange privilege unless the security being so exercised, converted or exchanged was itself acquired directly from the Company), (B) any acquisition by the Company, or (C) any acquisition by an employee benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored or maintained by the Company or by any corporation controlled by the Company; or
 
  (2)   a change in the composition of the Board of Directors since October 28, 1999, such that the individuals who, as of such date, constituted the Board of Directors (the “Incumbent Board”) cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of such Board; provided that any individual who becomes a director of the Company subsequent to October 28, 1999 whose election, or nomination for election by the Company’s stockholders, was approved by the vote of at least a majority of the directors then comprising the Incumbent Board shall be deemed a member of the Incumbent Board; and provided further, that any individual who was initially elected as a director of the Company as a result of an actual or threatened election contest, as such terms are used in Rule 14a-11 of Regulation 14A promulgated under the Exchange Act, or any other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents by or on behalf of any person or Entity other than the Board shall not be deemed a member of the Incumbent Board.
      Disability or Disabled means permanent and total disability as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code.
 
      Fair Market Value of a Share of Common Stock means: (a) on and after October 1, 2008, the closing sale price of the Shares on the New York Stock Exchange Composite Tape, or, if the Shares are not listed or admitted on any national securities exchange, the average of the per Share closing bid price and per Share closing asked price on such date as quoted on the National Association of Securities Dealers Automated Quotation System (or such market in which such prices are regularly quoted) (the “NASDAQ”), or, if no sale of Shares shall have been reported on the New York Stock Exchange Composite Tape or quoted on the

2


 

      NASDAQ on such date, then the immediately preceding date on which sales of the Shares have been so reported or quoted shall be used, and (ii) if there should not be a public market for the Shares on such date, the Fair Market Value shall be the value established by the Committee in good faith, and (b) prior to October 1, 2008:
  (1)   If the Common Stock is listed on a national securities exchange or traded in the over-the-counter market and sales prices are regularly reported for the Common Stock, the average of the high and low sales prices of a share of the Common Stock on the New York Stock Exchange or other comparable reporting system for the applicable date, or if the applicable date is not a trading day, the trading day immediately preceding the applicable date;
 
  (2)   If the Common Stock is not traded on a national securities exchange but is traded on the over-the-counter market, if sales prices are not regularly reported for the Common Stock for the trading day referred to in clause (1), and if bid and asked prices for the Common Stock are regularly reported, the mean between the bid and the asked price for the Common Stock at the close of trading in the over-the-counter market on the applicable date, or if the applicable date is not a trading day, on the trading day immediately preceding the applicable date; and
 
  (3)   If the Common Stock is neither listed on a national securities exchange nor traded in the over-the-counter market, such value as the Administrator, in good faith, shall determine.
      Involuntary Employment Action shall mean any change in the terms and conditions of the Participant’s employment with the Company or any successor, without cause (as defined herein), to such extent that:
  (1)   the Participant shall fail to be vested with power, authority and resources analogous to the Participant’s title and/or office prior to the Change in Control, or
 
  (2)   the Participant shall lose any significant duties or responsibilities attending such office, or
 
  (3)   there shall occur a reduction in the Participant’s base compensation, or
 
  (4)   the Participant’s employment with the Company, or its successor, is terminated without cause (as defined herein).
      ISO means an option meant to qualify as an incentive stock option under Section 422 of the Code.
 
      Key Employee means an employee of the Company or of an Affiliate (including, without limitation, an employee who is also serving as an officer or director of the Company or of an Affiliate), designated by the Administrator to be eligible to be granted one or more Options, Stock Purchase Rights or Restricted Stock Units under the Plan; provided however, that Key Employee shall not include any

3


 

      person who: (i) is not on the payroll of the Company or an Affiliate as a full-time or part-time employee or (ii) directly or indirectly provides services to the Company or an Affiliate pursuant to a contractual or other arrangement, written or otherwise between the Company or an Affiliate and either that person or a third party, which does not designate such person as an employee (regardless of whether a government agency, court or other entity subsequently determines that such person is an employee of the Company or an Affiliate for purposes of employment taxes or for any other purpose). Anything in the prior sentence to the contrary notwithstanding, a person who is providing services pursuant to a contractual or other arrangement may be eligible for participation in the Plan as a consultant who is designated by the Administrator in accordance with Paragraph 5 of the Plan.
      Non-Qualified Option means an option which is not intended to qualify as an ISO.
 
      Option means an ISO or Non-Qualified Option granted under the Plan.
 
      Option Agreement means an agreement between the Company and a Participant delivered pursuant to the Plan, in such form as the Administrator shall approve.
 
      Participant means a Key Employee, director or consultant of the Company or of an Affiliate to whom one or more Options, Stock Purchase Rights or Restricted Stock Units are granted under the Plan. As used herein, “Participant” shall include “Participant’s Survivors” where the context requires.
 
      Plan means this Time Warner Inc. 1999 Stock Plan.
 
      Restricted Stock means shares of Common Stock acquired pursuant to a grant of Stock Purchase Rights under Paragraph 14 below.
 
      Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement means a written agreement between the Company and a Participant evidencing the terms and restrictions applying to stock purchased under a Stock Purchase Right, in such form as the Administrator shall approve.
 
      Restricted Stock Unit means the right to receive Shares pursuant to Paragraph 15 of the Plan, as evidenced by a Restricted Stock Units Agreement.
 
      Restricted Stock Units Agreement means a written agreement between the Company and a Participant evidencing the terms and restrictions applying to the grant of a Restricted Stock Unit, in such form as the Administrator shall approve.
 
      Shares means shares of the Common Stock as to which Options or Stock Purchase Rights or Restricted Stock Units have been or may be granted under the Plan or any shares of capital stock into which the Shares are changed or for which they are exchanged within the provisions of Paragraph 3 of the Plan. The Shares issued upon exercise of Options or Stock Purchase Rights or payment with respect

4


 

      to Restricted Stock Units granted under the Plan may be authorized and unissued shares or shares held by the Company in its treasury, or both.
      Stock Purchase Right means the right to purchase Common Stock pursuant to Paragraph 14 of the Plan, as evidenced by a Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement.
 
      Survivors means a deceased Participant’s legal representatives and/or any person or persons who acquired the Participant’s rights to an Option. Stock Purchase Right or Restricted Stock Unit by will or by the laws of descent and distribution.
 
      Transactional Change in Control shall mean any of the following transactions to which the Company is a party:
  (1)   a reorganization, recapitalization, merger or consolidation (a “Corporate Transaction”) of the Company, unless securities representing 60% or more of either the outstanding shares of common stock or the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors of the Company or the corporation resulting from such Corporate Transaction (or the parent of such corporation) are held subsequent to such transaction by the person or persons who were the beneficial holders of the Outstanding Company Common Stock and Outstanding Company Voting Securities immediately prior to such Corporate Transaction, in substantially the same proportions as their ownership immediately prior to such Corporate Transaction; or
 
  (2)   the sale, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company.
      To Vest means that you have obtained a contingent right to exercise, purchase or receive Shares pursuant to a defined number of your awards hereunder, as defined by and subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the pertinent Agreement and this Plan. Unless and until your award Vests pursuant to the terms of the pertinent Agreement and this Plan, as well as the vesting schedule included in your notice of grant, you have not obtained any such right to exercise, purchase or receive Shares pursuant to any of your unvested awards (except as may be provided in Paragraphs 12 and 13 of this Plan and in the pertinent Agreement).
3.    SHARES SUBJECT TO THE PLAN .
     The number of Shares which may be issued from time to time pursuant to this Plan shall be 44,843,049 or the equivalent of such number of Shares after the effect of any stock split, stock dividend, combination, recapitalization or similar transaction in accordance with Paragraph 18 of the Plan. No more than 5% of such number of Shares may be issued in connection with grants of Stock Purchase Rights or Restricted Stock Units.
     If an Option ceases to be “outstanding”, in whole or in part, the Shares which were subject to such Option shall be available for the granting of other Options under the Plan. Any

5


 

Option shall be treated as “outstanding” until such Option is exercised in full, or terminates or expires under the provisions of the Plan, or by agreement of the parties to the pertinent Option Agreement. Shares that have actually been issued under the Plan upon exercise of an Option or a Stock Purchase Right or delivery of Shares pursuant to a Restricted Stock Unit shall not be returned to the Plan and shall not become available for the granting of other Options, Stock Purchase Rights or Restricted Stock Units under the Plan.
4.    ADMINISTRATION OF THE PLAN .
     Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Administrator is authorized to:
  a.   Interpret the provisions of the Plan or of any Option, Option Agreement, Stock Purchase Right, Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement, Restricted Stock Unit or Restricted Stock Units Agreement and to make all rules and determinations which it deems necessary or advisable for the administration of the Plan;
 
  b.   Determine which employees of the Company or of an Affiliate shall be designated as Key Employees and which of the Key Employees, directors and consultants shall be granted Options, Stock Purchase Rights or Restricted Stock Units;
 
  c.   Determine the number of Shares for which an Option, Options, Stock Purchase Rights or Restricted Stock Units shall be granted, provided, however, that in no event shall Options, Stock Purchase Rights or Restricted Stock Units to purchase more than 1,793,721 Shares be granted to any Participant in any fiscal year;
 
  d.   Specify the terms and conditions upon which an Option, Options, Stock Purchase Rights or Restricted Stock Units may be granted; and
 
  e.   Award Options, Stock Purchase Rights or Restricted Stock Units to Participants who are foreign nationals or employed or located outside the United States, or both, on such terms and conditions, including imposing conditions on the exercise or Vesting of Options, Stock Purchase Rights or Restricted Stock Units, different from those applicable to Options, Stock Purchase Rights or Restricted Stock Units granted to Participants employed or located in the United States as may, in the judgment of the Administrator, be necessary or desirable in order to recognize differences in local law, tax policy or customs;
provided, however, that all such interpretations, rules, determinations, terms and conditions shall be made and prescribed in the context of preserving the tax status under Section 422 of the Code of those Options which are designated as ISOs. Subject to the foregoing, the interpretation and construction by the Administrator of any provisions of the Plan or of any Option, Stock Purchase Right or Restricted Stock Units granted under it shall be final, unless otherwise determined by the Board of Directors, if the Administrator is the Committee. The Administrator’s determinations under the Plan need not be uniform and may be made by it selectively among persons who receive, or are eligible to receive, Options, Stock Purchase Rights or Restricted Stock Units under the Plan (whether or not such persons are similarly situated). Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Administrator shall be entitled, among other things, to make

6


 

non-uniform and selective determinations, and to enter into non-uniform and selective Option Agreements, Restricted Stock Purchase Agreements or Restricted Stock Units Agreements as to (a) the persons to receive Options, Stock Purchase Rights or Restricted Stock Units under the Plan, (b) the terms and provisions of Options, Stock Purchase Rights or Restricted Stock Units under the Plan, and (c) whether a termination of service with the Company and any Affiliate has occurred.
     No member of the Board of Directors or the Administrator shall be liable for any action or determination made in good faith with respect to the Plan or any Option.
5.    ELIGIBILITY FOR PARTICIPATION .
     The Administrator will, in its sole discretion, name the Participants in the Plan, provided, however, that each Participant must be a Key Employee, director or consultant of the Company or of an Affiliate at the time an Option, Stock Purchase Right or Restricted Stock Unit is granted. Members of the Company’s Board of Directors who are not employees of the Company or of an Affiliate may receive Options, Stock Purchase Rights or Restricted Stock Units pursuant to Paragraph 6, Subparagraph A (f), but only pursuant thereto. Notwithstanding any of the foregoing provisions, the Administrator may authorize the grant of an Option, Stock Purchase Right, or Restricted Stock Unit to a person not then a Key Employee, director or consultant of the Company or of an Affiliate. The actual grant of such Option, Stock Purchase Right or Restricted Stock Unit, however, shall be conditioned upon such person becoming eligible to become a Participant at or prior to the time of the execution of the Option Agreement, Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement or Restricted Stock Units Agreement evidencing such Option, Stock Purchase Right or Restricted Stock Unit, as applicable. ISOs may be granted only to Key Employees. Non-Qualified Options may be granted to any Key Employee, director or consultant of the Company or an Affiliate. Stock Purchase Rights and Restricted Stock Units shall be granted only in connection with the hiring or retention of a Key Employee. The granting of any Option, Stock Purchase Right or Restricted Stock Unit to any individual shall neither entitle that individual to, nor disqualify him or her from, participation in any other grant of Options, Stock Purchase Rights or Restricted Stock Unit.
6.    TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF OPTIONS .
     Each Option shall be set forth in writing in an Option Agreement, duly executed by the Company and, to the extent required by law or requested by the Company, by the Participant. The Administrator may provide that Options be granted subject to such terms and conditions as the Administrator may deem appropriate including, without limitation, subsequent approval by the stockholders of the Company of this Plan or any amendments thereto. The Option Agreements shall be subject to at least the following terms and conditions:
  A.   Non-Qualified Options : Each Option intended to be a Non-Qualified Option shall be subject to the terms and conditions which the Administrator determines to be appropriate and in the best interest of the Company, subject to the following minimum standards for any such Non-Qualified Option:
  a.   Option Price: The option price (per share) of the Shares covered by each Option shall be determined by the Administrator but shall not be less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value (per share) of the Shares on the date of grant of the Option.

7


 

  b.   Each Option Agreement shall state the number of Shares to which it pertains;
 
  c.   Each Option Agreement shall state the date or dates on which it first is exercisable and the date after which it may no longer be exercised, and may provide that the Option rights Vest or become exercisable in installments over a period of months or years, or upon the occurrence of certain conditions or the attainment of stated goals or events; and
 
  d.   Exercise of any Option may be conditioned upon the Participant’s execution of a stock purchase agreement in form satisfactory to the Administrator providing for certain protections for the Company and its other stockholders, including requirements that:
  i.   The Participant’s or the Participant’s Survivors’ right to sell or transfer the Shares may be restricted; and
 
  ii.   The Participant or the Participant’s Survivors may be required to execute letters of investment intent and must also acknowledge that the Shares will bear legends noting any applicable restrictions.
  e.   Limitation on Grant of Non-Qualified Options: No Non-Qualified Option shall be granted after the date provided in Paragraph 24 of this Plan.
 
  f.   Directors’ Options: Each director of the Company who is not an employee of the Company or any Affiliate, upon first being elected or appointed to the Board of Directors, shall be granted a Non-Qualified Option to purchase 3,588 Shares; provided, however, that the Administrator shall be entitled to grant an Option for such higher number of Shares as may be appropriate (as determined by the Board of Directors) for recruitment purposes. Each director of the Company who is not an employee of the Company or any Affiliate on January 18, 2001, shall be granted on such date a Non-Qualified Option to purchase 23,319 Shares as an initial grant for joining the Board of Directors. For the annual meeting of stockholders in 2002, on the date following the annual meeting of stockholders of the Company, giving effect to the election of any director or directors at such annual meeting of stockholders, each director who is not an employee of the Company or any Affiliate and who has served at least six months as a director shall be granted a Non-Qualified Option to purchase 17,938 Shares. Beginning with the annual meeting of stockholders in 2003, on the date following the annual meeting of stockholders of the Company each year, giving effect to the election of any director or directors at such

8


 

      annual meeting of stockholders, each director who is not an employee of the Company or any Affiliate and who has served at least six months as a director shall be granted a Non-Qualified Option to purchase 3,588 Shares. Each Option granted pursuant to this Paragraph 6(A)(f) shall (i) have an exercise price equal to the Fair Market Value (per share) of the Shares on the date of grant of the Option, (ii) have a term of ten (10) years, and (iii) Vest in installments of 25% annually over a four-year period and on the date of a meeting of stockholders at which directors are elected if the director does not stand for re-election or is not re-elected at such meeting, unless a different vesting schedule is established by the Administrator in the applicable Option Agreement. The Board of Directors may amend this Paragraph 6(A)(f) to increase, reduce, eliminate, or institute option grants for Board, Committee or other individual or collective service under this Plan.
  B.   ISOs : Each Option intended to be an ISO shall so state and shall be issued only to a Key Employee and be subject to at least the following terms and conditions, with such additional restrictions or changes as the Administrator determines are appropriate but not in conflict with Section 422 of the Code and relevant regulations and rulings of the Internal Revenue Service:
  a.   Minimum standards: The ISO shall meet the minimum standards required of Non-Qualified Options, as described in Paragraph 6(A) above, except clauses (a) and (f) thereunder.
 
  b.   Option Price: Immediately before the Option is granted, if the Participant owns, directly or by reason of the applicable attribution rules in Section 424(d) of the Code:
  i.   Ten percent (10%) or less of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or an Affiliate, the Option price per share of the Shares covered by each Option shall not be less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value per share of the Shares on the date of the grant of the Option.
 
  ii.   More than ten percent (10%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or an Affiliate, the Option price per share of the Shares covered by each Option shall not be less than one hundred ten percent (110%) of the Fair Market Value on the date of grant.
  c.   Term of Option: For Participants who own
  i.   Ten percent (10%) or less of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or an Affiliate, each Option shall terminate ten (10) years from the date of the grant or at such earlier time as the Option Agreement may provide.

9


 

  ii.   More than ten percent (10%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or an Affiliate, each Option shall terminate five (5) years from the date of the grant or at such earlier time as the Option Agreement may provide.
  d.   Limitation on Yearly Exercise: The Option Agreements shall restrict the amount of Options which may be exercisable in any calendar year (under this or any other ISO plan of the Company or an Affiliate) so that the aggregate Fair Market Value (determined at the time each ISO is granted) of the stock with respect to which ISOs are exercisable for the first time by the Participant in any calendar year does not exceed one hundred thousand dollars ($100,000), provided that this subparagraph (d) shall have no force or effect if its inclusion in the Plan is not necessary for Options issued as ISOs to qualify as ISOs pursuant to Section 422(d) of the Code.
 
  e.   Limitation on Grant of ISOs: No ISOs shall be granted after the date provided in Paragraph 24 of this Plan.
 
  f.   To the extent that an Option which is intended to be an ISO fails to so qualify, it shall be treated as a Non-Qualified Option.
7.    EXERCISE OF OPTIONS AND ISSUANCE OF SHARES .
     An Option (or any part or installment thereof) shall be exercised in accordance with procedures established by the Company by giving written notice to the Company at its principal executive office address, or such other address as the Company shall determine, together with provision for payment of the full purchase price in accordance with this Paragraph for the Shares as to which the Option is being exercised, and upon compliance with any other condition(s) set forth in the Option Agreement. Such written notice shall be signed by the person exercising the Option, shall state the number of Shares with respect to which the Option is being exercised and shall contain any representation required by the Plan or the Option Agreement. Payment of the purchase price for the Shares as to which such Option is being exercised shall be made (a) in United States dollars in cash or by check, or (b) at the discretion of the Administrator, through delivery of shares of Common Stock having a Fair Market Value equal as of the date of the exercise to the cash exercise price of the Option, or (c) at the discretion of the Administrator, by delivery of the grantee’s personal recourse note bearing interest payable not less than annually at no less than 100% of the applicable Federal rate, as defined in Section 1274(d) of the Code, or (d) at the discretion of the Administrator, in accordance with a cashless exercise program established with a securities brokerage firm, and approved by the Administrator, or (e) at the discretion of the Administrator, through such other method of payment approved by the Administrator, or (f) at the discretion of the Administrator, by any combination of (a), (b), (c), (d) and (e) above. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Administrator shall accept only such payment on exercise of an ISO as is permitted by Section 422 of the Code.
     The Company shall then reasonably promptly deliver the Shares as to which such Option was exercised to the Participant (or to the Participant’s Survivors, as the case may be). In determining what constitutes “reasonably promptly,” it is expressly understood that the delivery

10


 

of the Shares may be delayed by the Company in order to comply with any law or regulation (including, without limitation, state securities or “blue sky” laws) which requires the Company to take any action with respect to the Shares prior to their issuance. The Shares shall, upon delivery, be evidenced by an appropriate certificate or certificates for fully paid, non-assessable Shares.
     The Administrator shall have the right to accelerate the date of exercise of any installment of any Option; provided that the Administrator shall not accelerate the exercise date of any installment of any Option granted to any Key Employee as an ISO (and not previously converted into a Non-Qualified Option pursuant to Paragraph 21) if such acceleration would violate the annual vesting limitation contained in Section 422(d) of the Code, as described in Paragraph 6(B)(d).
     The Administrator may, in its discretion, amend any term or condition of an outstanding Option provided (i) such term or condition as amended is permitted by the Plan, (ii) if any amendment is materially adverse to the Participant, any such amendment shall be made only with the consent of the Participant to whom the Option was granted, or in the event of the death of the Participant, the Participant’s Survivors, and (iii) any such amendment of any ISO shall be made only after the Administrator, after consulting with counsel for the Company, determines whether such amendment would constitute a “modification” of any Option which is an ISO (as that term is defined in Section 424(h) of the Code) or would cause any adverse tax consequences for the holder of such ISO.
8.    RIGHTS AS A STOCKHOLDER .
     No Participant to whom an Option has been granted shall have rights as a stockholder with respect to any Shares covered by such Option, except after due exercise of the Option and tender of the full purchase price for the Shares being purchased pursuant to such exercise (and satisfaction of such other conditions for the transfer of Shares as may be required pursuant to the Option) and registration of the Shares in the Company’s share register in the name of the Participant. No Participant to whom a Stock Purchase Right has been granted shall have rights as a stockholder with respect to any Shares covered by such Stock Purchase Right, except after tender of the full purchase price for the Shares being purchased (and satisfaction of such other conditions for the transfer of Shares as may be required pursuant to the Stock Purchase Right) and registration of the Shares in the Company’s share register in the name of the purchaser. Once the Stock Purchase Right is exercised, the purchaser shall have the rights equivalent to those of a stockholder, and shall be a stockholder when his or her purchase is entered upon the records of the duly authorized transfer agent of the Company. No adjustment will be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date the Stock Purchase Right is exercised, except as provided in Paragraph 18 of this Plan. No Participant to whom a Restricted Stock Unit has been granted shall have rights as a stockholder with respect to any Shares covered by such Restricted Stock Unit until the registration of the Shares in the Company’s share register in the name of the Participant has occurred.

11


 

9.   ASSIGNABILITY AND TRANSFERABILITY OF OPTIONS AND STOCK PURCHASE RIGHTS AND RESTRICTED STOCK UNITS .
     By its terms, an Option, Stock Purchase Right or Restricted Stock Unit granted to a Participant shall not be transferable by the Participant other than (i) by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, or (ii) as otherwise determined by the Administrator and set forth in the applicable Option Agreement, Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement or Restricted Stock Units Agreement. The designation of a beneficiary of an Option by a Participant shall not be deemed a transfer prohibited by this Paragraph. Except as provided above, an Option or Stock Purchase Right shall be exercisable, and a Restricted Stock Unit may be held, during the Participant’s lifetime, only by such Participant (or by his or her legal representative) and shall not be assigned, pledged or hypothecated in any way (whether by operation of law or otherwise) and shall not be subject to execution, attachment or similar process. Any attempted transfer, assignment, pledge, hypothecation or other disposition of any Option, Stock Purchase Right or Restricted Stock Unit or of any rights granted thereunder contrary to the provisions of this Plan, or the levy of any attachment or similar process upon an Option, Stock Purchase Right or Restricted Stock Unit, shall be null and void.
10.   EFFECT OF TERMINATION OF SERVICE OTHER THAN “FOR CAUSE” OR DEATH OR DISABILITY .
     Except as otherwise provided in the pertinent Option Agreement, in the event of a termination of service (whether as an employee, director or consultant) with the Company or an Affiliate before the Participant has exercised all Options, the following rules apply:
  a.   A Participant who ceases to be an employee, director or consultant of the Company or of an Affiliate (for any reason other than termination “for cause”, Disability, or death for which events there are special rules in Paragraphs 11, 12, and 13, respectively), may exercise any Option granted to him or her to the extent that the Option is exercisable on the date of such termination of service, but only within such term as the Administrator has designated in the pertinent Option Agreement. An Option that is not exercisable on the date of termination of service is canceled on such date and may not be exercised. An Option that is exercisable on the date of termination of service, but not exercised within the term as the Administrator has designated in the pertinent Option Agreement is canceled and may not be exercised thereafter.
  b.   Except as provided in Paragraph 12, in no event may an Option Agreement provide, if the Option is intended to be an ISO, that the time for exercise be later than three (3) months after the Participant’s termination of employment.
 
  c.   The provisions of this Paragraph, and not the provisions of Paragraph 12 or 13, shall apply to a Participant who subsequently becomes Disabled or dies after the termination of employment, director status or consultancy, provided, however, in the case of a Participant’s Disability or death within three (3) months after the termination of employment, director status or consultancy, the Participant or the Participant’s Survivors may exercise the Option within one (1) year after the date of the Participant’s termination of employment, but in no event after the date of expiration of the term of the Option.

12


 

  d.   Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if subsequent to a Participant’s termination of employment, termination of director status or termination of consultancy, but prior to the exercise of an Option, the Board of Directors determines that, either prior or subsequent to the Participant’s termination, the Participant engaged in conduct which would constitute “cause” (as defined in Paragraph 11 below), then such Participant shall forthwith cease to have any right to exercise any Option, whether or not such Option was previously exercisable.
 
  e.   A Participant to whom an Option has been granted under the Plan who is absent from work with the Company or with an Affiliate because of temporary disability (any disability other than a permanent and total Disability as defined in Paragraph 2 hereof), or who is on leave of absence for any purpose, shall not, during the period of any such absence, be deemed, by virtue of such absence alone, to have terminated such Participant’s employment, director status or consultancy with the Company or with an Affiliate, except to the extent that the Administrator so determines as Company policy or to the extent that the Option Agreement may otherwise expressly provide.
 
  f.   Except as required by law or as set forth in the pertinent Option Agreement, Options granted under the Plan shall not be affected by any change of a Participant’s status within or among the Company and any Affiliates, so long as the Participant continues to be a Key Employee, director or consultant of the Company or any Affiliate.
11.    EFFECT OF TERMINATION OF SERVICE “FOR CAUSE” .
     Except as otherwise provided in the pertinent Option Agreement, the following rules apply if the Participant’s service (whether as an employee, director or consultant) with the Company or an Affiliate is terminated for “cause” prior to the time that all his or her outstanding Options have been exercised:
  a.   All outstanding and unexercised Options as of the time the Participant is notified his or her service is terminated for “cause” will immediately be forfeited.
 
  b.   For purposes of this Plan, except as otherwise provided in the pertinent Option Agreement, Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement or Restricted Stock Units Agreement, “cause” shall include (and is not limited to) dishonesty with respect to the Company or any Affiliate, insubordination, substantial malfeasance or non-feasance of duty, unauthorized disclosure of confidential information, and conduct substantially prejudicial to the business of the Company or any Affiliate. The determination of the Administrator as to the existence of “cause” will be conclusive on the Participant and the Company.
 
  c.   “Cause” is not limited to events which have occurred prior to a Participant’s termination of service, nor is it necessary that the Administrator’s finding of “cause” occur prior to termination. If the Administrator determines, subsequent to a Participant’s termination of service but prior to the exercise of an Option, that

13


 

      either prior or subsequent to the Participant’s termination the Participant engaged in conduct which would constitute “cause,” then the right to exercise any Option is forfeited.
  d.   Any definition in an agreement between the Participant and the Company or an Affiliate, which contains a conflicting definition of “cause” for termination and which is in effect at the time of such termination, shall supersede the definition in this Plan with respect to such Participant.
12. EFFECT OF TERMINATION OF SERVICE FOR DISABILITY .
     Except as otherwise provided in the pertinent Option Agreement, a Participant who terminates his or her employment, directorship or consultancy with the Company or an Affiliate by reason of Disability may exercise any Option granted to such Participant:
  a.   To the extent exercisable but not exercised on the date of such cessation; and
 
  b.   In the event rights to exercise the Option Vest periodically, to the extent of a pro rata portion of any additional rights as would have Vested had the Participant not terminated his or her employment, directorship or consultancy by reason of such Disability, prior to the end of the Vesting period which next ends following the date of such termination. The proration shall be based upon the number of days of such Vesting period prior to the date of such termination.
     Except as otherwise provided in the pertinent Option Agreement, a Disabled Participant may exercise such rights only within the period ending one (1) year after the date of the Participant’s termination of employment, directorship or consultancy, as the case may be, notwithstanding that the Participant might have been able to exercise the Option as to some or all of the Shares on a later date if the Participant had not become disabled and had continued to be an employee, director or consultant or, if earlier, within the originally prescribed term of the Option.
     The Company shall make the determination both of whether Disability has occurred and the date of its occurrence (unless a procedure for such determination is set forth in another agreement between the Company and such Participant, in which case such procedure shall be used for such determination). If requested, the Participant shall be examined by a physician selected or approved by the Company, the cost of which examination shall be paid for by the Company.

14


 

13.    EFFECT OF DEATH WHILE AN EMPLOYEE, DIRECTOR OR CONSULTANT .
     Except as otherwise provided in the pertinent Option Agreement, in the event of the death of a Participant while the Participant is an employee, director or consultant of the Company or of an Affiliate, such Option may be exercised by the Participant’s Survivors:
  a.   To the extent exercisable but not exercised on the date of death; and
 
  b.   In the event rights to exercise the Option Vest periodically, to the extent of a pro rata portion of any additional rights which would have Vested had the Participant not died prior to the end of the Vesting period which next ends following the date of death. The proration shall be based upon the number of days of such Vesting period prior to the Participant’s death.
     Except as otherwise provided in the pertinent Option Agreement, if the Participant’s Survivors wish to exercise the Option, they must take all necessary steps to exercise the Option within one (1) year after the date of Participant’s termination of employment, directorship or consultancy, as the case may be, notwithstanding that the decedent might have been able to exercise the Option as to some or all of the Shares on a later date if he or she had not died and had continued to be an employee, director or consultant or, if earlier, within the originally prescribed term of the Option.
14.    STOCK PURCHASE RIGHTS .
  a.   Rights to Purchase . Stock Purchase Rights may be issued either alone, in addition to, or in tandem with other awards granted under the Plan. After the Administrator determines that it will offer Stock Purchase Rights under the Plan, it shall advise the offeree in writing, by means of an Agreement, of the terms, conditions and restrictions related to the offer, including the number of Shares that the offeree shall be entitled to purchase, the price to be paid (which shall not be less than the par value of the Shares), and the time within which the offeree must accept such offer, which shall in no event exceed six (6) months from the date upon which the Administrator made the determination to grant the Stock Purchase Right. The offer shall be accepted by execution of a Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement in the form determined by the Administrator.
 
  b.   Repurchase Option . Unless the Administrator determines otherwise, the Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement shall grant the Company a repurchase option exercisable upon the voluntary or involuntary termination of the purchaser’s employment with the Company for any reason (including death or Disability). The purchase price for Shares repurchased pursuant to the Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement shall be the original price paid by the purchaser and may be paid by cancellation of any indebtedness of the purchaser to the Company. The repurchase option shall lapse at a rate determined by the Administrator.
 
  c.   Other Provisions . The Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement shall contain such other terms, provisions and conditions not inconsistent with the Plan as may be

15


 

      determined by the Administrator in its sole discretion. In addition, the provisions of Restricted Stock Purchase Agreements need not be the same with respect to each purchaser.
15.    RESTRICTED STOCK UNITS .
  a.   Grant . Restricted Stock Units may be granted either alone, in addition to, or in tandem with other awards granted under the Plan. After the Administrator determines that it will grant Restricted Stock Units under the Plan, it shall advise the Participant in writing, by means of an Agreement, of the terms, conditions and restrictions related to the award, including the number of Shares subject to the Restricted Stock Unit.
 
  b.   Forfeiture Provisions . Unless the Administrator determines otherwise, the Restricted Stock Units Agreement shall provide that the Restricted Stock Unit shall be forfeited upon the voluntary or involuntary termination of the Participant’s employment with the Company for any reason (including death or Disability).
 
  c.   Other Provisions . The Restricted Stock Units Agreement shall contain such other terms, provisions and conditions not inconsistent with the Plan as may be determined by the Administrator in its sole discretion. In addition, the provisions of Restricted Stock Units Agreements need not be the same with respect to each Participant.
16.    PURCHASE FOR INVESTMENT .
     Unless the offering and sale of the Shares to be issued upon the particular exercise of or delivery pursuant to an Option, Stock Purchase Right or Restricted Stock Unit shall have been effectively registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as now in force or hereafter amended (the “1933 Act”), the Company shall be under no obligation to issue the Shares covered by such exercise unless and until the following conditions have been fulfilled:
  a.   The person(s) who exercise(s) or is to receive Shares pursuant to such Option, Stock Purchase Right or Restricted Stock Unit shall warrant to the Company, prior to the receipt of such Shares, that such person(s) are acquiring such Shares for their own respective accounts, for investment, and not with a view to, or for sale in connection with, the distribution of any such Shares, in which event the person(s) acquiring such Shares shall be bound by the provisions of the following legend which shall be endorsed upon the certificate(s) evidencing their Shares issued pursuant to such exercise of such grant:
      “The shares represented by this certificate have been taken for investment and they may not be sold or otherwise transferred by any person, including a pledgee, unless (1) either (a) a Registration Statement with respect to such shares shall be effective under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or (b) the Company shall have received an opinion of counsel

16


 

      satisfactory to it that an exemption from registration under such Act is then available, and (2) there shall have been compliance with all applicable state securities laws.”
  b.   At the discretion of the Administrator, the Company shall have received an opinion of its counsel that the Shares may be issued upon such particular exercise in compliance with the 1933 Act without registration thereunder.
     The Company may delay issuance of the Shares until completion of any action or obtaining of any consent which the Company deems necessary under any applicable law (including, without limitation, state securities or “blue sky” laws.)
17.    DISSOLUTION OR LIQUIDATION OF THE COMPANY .
     Upon the dissolution or liquidation of the Company, all Options, Stock Purchase Rights and Restricted Stock Units granted under this Plan which as of such date shall not have been exercised will terminate and become null and void; provided, however, that if the rights of a Participant or a Participant’s Survivors have not otherwise terminated and expired, (i) the Participant or the Participant’s Survivors will have the right immediately prior to such dissolution or liquidation (A) to exercise any Option or Stock Purchase Right to the extent that the Option or Stock Purchase Right is exercisable as of the date immediately prior to such dissolution or liquidation and (B) to receive Shares pursuant to any Vested and outstanding Restricted Stock Unit; and (ii) if a Change in Control shall have occurred within the twelve months immediately prior to the date of such dissolution or liquidation, such Participant or such Participant’s Survivors will have the right immediately prior to such dissolution or liquidation to exercise any Option, Stock Purchase Right or receive Shares pursuant to any Restricted Stock Unit then outstanding whether or not such Option, Stock Purchase Right or Restricted Stock Unit is Vested and/or exercisable as of such date.
18.    ADJUSTMENTS .
     Upon the occurrence of any of the following events, the adjustments as hereinafter provided shall be made, unless otherwise specifically provided in a pertinent Option Agreement, Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement or Restricted Stock Units Agreement:
  A.   Stock Dividends and Stock Splits . If (i) the shares of Common Stock shall be subdivided or combined into a greater or smaller number of shares or if the Company shall issue any shares of Common Stock as a stock dividend on its outstanding Common Stock, or (ii) additional shares or new or different shares or other securities of the Company or other non-cash assets are distributed with respect to such shares of Common Stock, the number of Shares deliverable upon the exercise of an Option or Stock Purchase Right or pursuant to a Restricted Stock Unit may be appropriately increased or decreased proportionately, and appropriate adjustments may be made in the purchase price per share to reflect such subdivision, combination or stock dividend. The number of Shares subject to options to be granted (i) pursuant to Paragraph 3 or to directors pursuant to Paragraph 6(A)(f) shall also be proportionately adjusted upon the occurrence of such events, except as the Administrator shall

17


 

      otherwise determine in its sole discretion or (ii) pursuant to Paragraph 4(c) shall also be proportionately adjusted upon the occurrence of such events.
  B.   Corporate Changes in Control . In the event of a Corporate Change in Control,
  i.   Each Option, Stock Purchase Right or Restricted Stock Unit outstanding as of the date such Corporate Change in Control is determined to have occurred, and which is not then exercisable or Vested by reason of Vesting requirements, shall automatically accelerate the Vesting so that the Option, Stock Purchase Right or Restricted Stock Unit shall become fully Vested and, where applicable, shall become fully exercisable and, in the case of Restricted Stock Units, Shares shall be transferred to the Participant, on the first to occur of (x) the date the Option, Stock Purchase Right or Restricted Stock Unit becomes Vested and, if applicable, exercisable under its original terms (with respect only to such Options, Stock Purchase Rights or Restricted Stock Units as otherwise would Vest during such one-year period under their terms), (y) the first anniversary of the date such Corporate Change in Control is determined to have occurred, and (z) the occurrence of an Involuntary Employment Action; and
 
  ii.   The Options or Stock Purchase Rights so accelerated shall remain so exercisable until the earlier of the original expiration date of the Option or Stock Purchase Right and the earlier termination of the Option or Stock Purchase Right in accordance with the Plan and the applicable Agreement.
  C.   Transactional Changes in Control . In the event of a Transactional Change in Control,
  i.   Each Option, Stock Purchase Right or Restricted Stock Unit outstanding as of the date such Transactional Change in Control is determined to have occurred shall be: (a) assumed by the successor corporation (or its parent) or replaced with a comparable option, stock purchase right or restricted stock unit with respect to shares of the capital stock of the successor corporation (or its parent) on an equitable basis, (b) terminated upon written notice to the Participants stating that (i), in the case of Options and Stock Purchase Rights, all such Options or Stock Purchase Rights (for purposes of this Subparagraph all Options or Stock Purchase Rights then outstanding shall be deemed to be exercisable) must be exercised within a specified number of days (which shall not be less than 15 days) from the date such notice is given, at the end of which period the Options or Stock Purchase Rights shall terminate and (ii) in the case of Restricted Stock Units, that Shares shall be delivered to the Participant pursuant to such awards within 15 days after the date such notice is given, or (c) terminated in exchange for a cash payment equal to (i), in the case of Options and Stock Purchase Rights, the excess of the Fair Market Value of the shares subject to such Options or Stock Purchase Rights (for purposes of this Subparagraph all Options then outstanding shall be deemed to be exercisable) over the exercise price thereof and (ii) in the case of Restricted Stock Units, the Fair Market Value of the Shares subject to such Restricted Stock Units. The determination of which of the treatments set forth in clauses (a), (b) and (c) above to provide and of comparability under clause (a) above shall be made by the Administrator and its determinations shall be final, binding and conclusive.
 
  ii.   The Vesting of each Option, Stock Purchase Right or Restricted Stock Unit that is assumed or replaced in connection with a Transactional Change in Control shall automatically

18


 

      accelerate so that the Option, Stock Purchase Right or Restricted Stock Unit shall become fully Vested and, where applicable, shall become fully exercisable, and, in the case of Restricted Stock Units, Shares shall be transferred to the Participant, on the first to occur of (x) the date the Option, Stock Purchase Right or Restricted Stock Unit becomes Vested and, if applicable, exercisable under its original terms (with respect only to such Options, Stock Purchase Rights or Restricted Stock Units as otherwise would Vest during such one-year period under their terms), (y) the first anniversary of the date such Transactional Change in Control is determined to have occurred, and (z) the occurrence of an Involuntary Employment Action. The Options or Stock Purchase Rights so accelerated shall remain so exercisable until the earlier of the original expiration date of the Option or Stock Purchase Right and the earlier termination of the Option or Stock Purchase Right in accordance with the Plan and the applicable Agreement.
  D.   Corporate Transaction . In the event of a Corporate Transaction that does not constitute a Transactional Change in Control or in the event of a similar event, pursuant to which securities of the Company or of another corporation or entity are issued with respect to the outstanding shares of Common Stock, a Participant upon exercising an Option or Stock Purchase Right or becoming Vested under a Restricted Stock Unit shall be entitled to receive (where applicable, for the purchase price paid upon such exercise) the securities which would have been received if such Option or Stock Purchase Right had been exercised, or such Restricted Stock Unit had become Vested, prior to such Corporate Transaction.
 
  E.   Modification of ISOs . Notwithstanding the foregoing, any adjustments made pursuant to Subparagraph A, B, C, or D with respect to ISOs shall be made only after the Administrator, after consulting with counsel for the Company, determines whether such adjustments would constitute a “modification” of such ISOs (as that term is defined in Section 424(h) of the Code) or would cause any adverse tax consequences for the holders of such ISOs. If the Administrator determines that such adjustments made with respect to ISOs would constitute a “modification” of such ISOs, it may refrain from making such adjustments, unless the holder of an ISO specifically requests in writing that such adjustment be made and such writing indicates that the holder has full knowledge of the consequences of such “modification” on his or her income tax treatment with respect to the ISO.
19.    ISSUANCES OF SECURITIES .
     Except as expressly provided herein, no issuance by the Company of shares of stock of any class, or securities convertible into shares of stock of any class, shall affect, and no adjustment by reason thereof shall be made with respect to, the number or price of shares subject to Options, Stock Purchase Rights or Restricted Stock Units. Except as expressly provided herein, no adjustments shall be made for dividends paid in cash or in property (including without limitation, securities) of the Company.

19


 

20.    FRACTIONAL SHARES .
     No fractional shares shall be issued under the Plan and the person exercising such right shall receive from the Company cash in lieu of such fractional shares equal to the Fair Market Value thereof.
21.    CONVERSION OF ISOs INTO NON-QUALIFIED OPTIONS; TERMINATION OF ISOs .
     The Administrator, at the written request of any Participant, may in its discretion take such actions as may be necessary to convert such Participant’s ISOs (or any portions thereof) that have not been exercised on the date of conversion into Non-Qualified Options at any time prior to the expiration of such ISOs, regardless of whether the Participant is an employee of the Company or an Affiliate at the time of such conversion. Such actions may include, but not be limited to, extending the exercise period or reducing the exercise price of the appropriate installments of such Options. At the time of such conversion, the Administrator (with the consent of the Participant) may impose such conditions on the exercise of the resulting Non-Qualified Options as the Administrator in its discretion may determine, provided that such conditions shall not be inconsistent with this Plan. Nothing in the Plan shall be deemed to give any Participant the right to have such Participant’s ISOs converted into Non-Qualified Options, and no such conversion shall occur until and unless the Administrator takes appropriate action. The Administrator, with the consent of the Participant, may also terminate any portion of any ISO that has not been exercised at the time of such conversion.
22.    WITHHOLDING .
     In the event that any federal, state, or local income taxes, employment taxes, Federal Insurance Contributions Act (“F.I.C.A.”) withholdings or other amounts are required by applicable law or regulation to be withheld from the Participant’s salary, wages or other remuneration in connection with the exercise of an Option or a Disqualifying Disposition (as defined in Paragraph 23) or the Vesting of Shares issued pursuant to Stock Purchase Rights or the delivery of Shares pursuant to Restricted Stock Units, the Company may deduct from any amounts due to the Participant, such as compensation or reimbursements, or may require that the Participant advance in cash to the Company, or to any Affiliate of the Company which employs or employed the Participant, the amount of such withholdings unless a different withholding arrangement, including the use of shares of the Company’s Common Stock or a promissory note, is authorized by the Administrator (and permitted by law), provided, however, that with respect to persons subject to Section 16 of the 1934 Act, any such withholding arrangement shall be in compliance with any applicable provisions of Rule 16b-3 promulgated under Section 16 of the 1934 Act. For purposes hereof, the fair market value of the shares withheld for purposes of payroll withholding shall be determined in the manner provided in Paragraph 2 above, as of the most recent practicable date prior to the date of exercise. If the fair market value of the shares withheld is less than the amount of payroll withholdings required, the Participant may be required to advance the difference in cash to the Company or the Affiliate employer. The Administrator in its discretion may condition the exercise of an Option for less than the then Fair Market Value on the Participant’s payment of such additional withholding.

20


 

23.    NOTICE TO COMPANY OF DISQUALIFYING DISPOSITION .
     Each Key Employee who receives an ISO must agree to notify the Company in writing immediately after the Key Employee makes a Disqualifying Disposition of any shares acquired pursuant to the exercise of an ISO. A Disqualifying Disposition is any disposition (including any sale) of such shares before the later of (a) two years after the date the Key Employee was granted the ISO, or (b) one year after the date the Key Employee acquired Shares by exercising the ISO. If the Key Employee has died before such stock is sold, these holding period requirements do not apply and no Disqualifying Disposition can occur thereafter.
24.    TERMINATION OF THE PLAN .
     Unless sooner terminated by the Board of Directors, the Plan shall terminate on October 28, 2009, and no Options, Stock Purchase Rights or Restricted Stock Units shall thereafter be granted under the Plan. All Options, Stock Purchase Rights or Restricted Stock Units granted under the Plan prior to that date shall remain in effect until such Options, Stock Purchase Rights or Restricted Stock Units shall have been exercised, paid out or terminated in accordance with the terms and provisions of the Plan and the applicable Agreements. The Board of Directors may terminate the Plan at any time; provided, however, that any such termination will not materially impair any rights under any Option, Stock Purchase Right or Restricted Stock Unit theretofore made under the Plan without the consent of the Participant.
25.    AMENDMENT OF THE PLAN AND AGREEMENTS .
     The Plan may be amended by the stockholders of the Company. The Plan may also be amended by the Board of Directors or the Administrator, including, without limitation, to the extent necessary to qualify any or all outstanding Options granted under the Plan or Options to be granted under the Plan for favorable federal income tax treatment (including deferral of taxation upon exercise) as may be afforded incentive stock options under Section 422 of the Code, for as long as the Company has a class of stock registered pursuant to Section 12 of the 1934 Act and to the extent necessary to qualify the shares issuable upon exercise of any outstanding Options granted, or Options to be granted, under the Plan for listing on any national securities exchange or quotation in any national automated quotation system of securities dealers. Any amendment approved by the Administrator which the Administrator determines is of a scope that requires stockholder approval shall be subject to obtaining such stockholder approval. Any modification or amendment of the Plan shall not, without the consent of a Participant, materially adversely affect his or her rights under an Option, Stock Purchase Right or Restricted Stock Unit previously granted to him or her. With the consent of the Participant affected, the Administrator may amend outstanding Option Agreements, Restricted Stock Purchase Agreements or Restricted Stock Units Agreements in a manner which may be materially adverse to the Participant but which is not inconsistent with the Plan. In the discretion of the Administrator, outstanding Option Agreements, Restricted Stock Purchase Agreements or Restricted Stock Units Agreements may be amended by the Administrator in a manner which is not materially adverse to the Participant.

21


 

26.    EMPLOYMENT OR OTHER RELATIONSHIP .
     Nothing in this Plan or any Option Agreement, Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement or Restricted Stock Units Agreement shall be deemed to prevent the Company or an Affiliate from terminating the employment, consultancy or director status of a Participant, nor to prevent a Participant from terminating his or her own employment, consultancy or director status or to give any Participant a right to be retained in employment or other service by the Company or any Affiliate for any period of time.
     All Options, Stock Purchase Rights and Restricted Stock Units shall constitute a special incentive payment to the Participant and shall not be taken into account in computing the amount of salary or compensation of the Participant for the purpose of determining any benefits under any pension, retirement, profit-sharing, bonus, life insurance or other benefit plan of the Company or under any agreement between the Company and the Participant, unless such plan or agreement specifically provides otherwise.
27.    GOVERNING LAW .
     With respect to Options and Stock Purchase Rights granted prior to January 18, 2001, this Plan shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, the Company’s state of incorporation and, except as otherwise provided in the pertinent Option Agreement or Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement, the United States District Court for the Eastern District of Virginia shall have exclusive jurisdiction over any and all disputes between a Participant and the Company related to or arising out of Options or Restricted Stock Purchase Rights granted under this Plan. With respect to Options, Stock Purchase Rights and Restricted Stock Units granted on or after January 18, 2001, this Plan shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York and, except as otherwise provided in the pertinent Option Agreement, Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement or Restricted Stock Units Agreement, any and all disputes between a Participant and the Company related to or arising out of Options, Stock Purchase Rights or Restricted Stock Units granted under this Plan shall be brought only in a state or federal court of competent jurisdiction sitting in Manhattan, New York.
28.   Section 409A
     Notwithstanding other provisions of the Plan or any award agreements thereunder, no award shall be granted, deferred, accelerated, extended, paid out or modified under this Plan in a manner that would result in the imposition of an additional tax under Section 409A of the Code upon a Participant. In the event that it is reasonably determined by the Committee that, as a result of Section 409A of the Code, payments in respect of any award under the Plan may not be made at the time contemplated by the terms of the Plan or the relevant award agreement, as the case may be, without causing the Participant holding such award to be subject to taxation under Section 409A of the Code, the Company will make such payment on the first day that would not result in the Participant incurring any tax liability under Section 409A of the Code; which, if the Participant is a “specified employee” within the meaning of the Section 409A, shall be the first day following the six-month period beginning on the date of Participant’s termination of employment. The Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to implement the provisions of this Section 28 in good faith; provided that neither the Company, the Committee nor any of the Company’s employees, directors or representatives shall have any liability to Participants with respect to this Section 28.

22

Exhibit 10.2
Final as amended
Through March 27, 2009
TIME WARNER INC.

2006 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN
1.    Purpose of the Plan
     The purpose of the Plan is to aid the Company and its Affiliates in recruiting and retaining employees, directors and advisors and to motivate such employees, directors and advisors to exert their best efforts on behalf of the Company and its Affiliates by providing incentives through the granting of Awards. The Company expects that it will benefit from the added interest which such employees, directors and advisors will have in the welfare of the Company as a result of their proprietary interest in the Company’s success.
2.    Definitions
     The following capitalized terms used in the Plan have the respective meanings set forth in this Section:
  (a)   Act means The Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or any successor thereto.
 
  (b)   Affiliate means any entity that is consolidated with the Company for financial reporting purposes or any other entity designated by the Board in which the Company or an Affiliate has a direct or indirect equity interest of at least twenty percent (20%), measured by reference to vote or value.
 
  (c)   Award means an Option, Stock Appreciation Right, Restricted Stock or Other Stock-Based Award granted pursuant to the Plan.
 
  (d)   Board means the Board of Directors of the Company.
 
  (e)   Change in Control means the occurrence of any of the following events:
  (i)   any “Person” within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or 14(d)(2) of the Act (other than the Company or any company owned, directly or indirectly, by the shareholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of stock of the Company) becomes the “Beneficial Owner” within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Act of 30% or more of the combined voting power of the then outstanding securities of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors; excluding , however , any circumstance in which such beneficial ownership resulted from any acquisition by an employee benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored or maintained by the Company or by any corporation controlling, controlled by, or under common control with, the Company;


 

     

2

  (ii)   a change in the composition of the Board since the Effective Date, such that the individuals who, as of such date, constituted the Board (the “ Incumbent Board ”) cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of such Board; provided that any individual who becomes a director of the Company subsequent to the Effective Date whose election, or nomination for election by the Company’s stockholders, was approved by the vote of at least a majority of the directors then comprising the Incumbent Board shall be deemed a member of the Incumbent Board; and provided further , that any individual who was initially elected as a director of the Company as a result of an actual or threatened election contest, as such terms are used in Rule 14a-12 of Regulation 14A promulgated under the Act, or any other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents by or on behalf of any person or Entity other than the Board shall not be deemed a member of the Incumbent Board;
 
  (iii)   a reorganization, recapitalization, merger or consolidation (a “ Corporate Transaction ”) involving the Company, unless securities representing 60% or more of the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors of the Company or the corporation resulting from such Corporate Transaction (or the parent of such corporation) are held subsequent to such transaction by the person or persons who were the beneficial holders of the outstanding voting securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors of the Company immediately prior to such Corporate Transaction, in substantially the same proportions as their ownership immediately prior to such Corporate Transaction; or
 
  (iv)   the sale, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company.
  (f)   Code means The Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or any successor thereto.
 
  (g)   Committee means the Compensation and Human Development Committee of the Board or its successor, or such other committee of the Board to which the Board has delegated power to act under or pursuant to the provisions of the Plan or a subcommittee of the Compensation and Human Development Committee (or such other committee) established by the Compensation and Human Development Committee or such other committee.
 
  (h)   Company means Time Warner Inc., a Delaware corporation.


 

     

3

  (i)   Effective Date means the date the Board approved the Plan (March 23, 2006).
 
  (j)   Employment means (i) a Participant’s employment if the Participant is an employee of the Company or any of its Affiliates and (ii) a Participant’s services as a non-employee director, if the Participant is a non-employee member of the Board or the board of directors of an Affiliate; provided , however that unless otherwise determined by the Committee, a change in a Participant’s status from employee to non-employee (other than a director of the Company or an Affiliate) shall constitute a termination of employment hereunder.
 
  (k)   Fair Market Value means, on a given date, (i) if there should be a public market for the Shares on such date, (x) prior to October 1, 2008, the average of the high and low prices of the Shares on the New York Stock Exchange, or, if the Shares are not listed or admitted on any national securities exchange, the average of the per Share closing bid price and per Share closing asked price on such date as quoted on the National Association of Securities Dealers Automated Quotation System (or such market in which such prices are regularly quoted) (the “NASDAQ”), or, if no sale of Shares shall have been reported on the New York Stock Exchange or quoted on the NASDAQ on such date, then the immediately preceding date on which sales of the Shares have been so reported or quoted shall be used, and (y) on and after October 1, 2008, the closing sale price of the Shares on the New York Stock Exchange Composite Tape, or, if the Shares are not listed or admitted on any national securities exchange, the average of the per Share closing bid price and per Share closing asked price on such date as quoted on the National Association of Securities Dealers Automated Quotation System (or such market in which such prices are regularly quoted) (the “NASDAQ”), or, if no sale of Shares shall have been reported on the New York Stock Exchange Composite Tape or quoted on the NASDAQ on such date, then the immediately preceding date on which sales of the Shares have been so reported or quoted shall be used, and (ii) if there should not be a public market for the Shares on such date, the Fair Market Value shall be the value established by the Committee in good faith.
 
  (l)   ISO means an Option that is also an incentive stock option granted pursuant to Section 6(d).
 
  (m)   Option means a stock option granted pursuant to Section 6.
 
  (n)   Option Price ” means the price for which a Share can be purchased upon exercise of an Option, as determined pursuant to Section 6(a).


 

     

4

  (o)   Other Stock-Based Awards means awards granted pursuant to Section 9.
 
  (p)   Participant means an employee, prospective employee, director or advisor of the Company or an Affiliate who is selected by the Committee to participate in the Plan.
 
  (q)   Performance-Based Awards means certain Other Stock-Based Awards granted pursuant to Section 9(b).
 
  (r)   Plan means the Time Warner Inc. 2006 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended from time to time.
 
  (s)   Restricted Stock means any Share granted under Section 8.
 
  (t)   Shares means shares of common stock of the Company, $.01 par value per share.
 
  (u)   Stock Appreciation Right means a stock appreciation right granted pursuant to Section 7.
 
  (v)   Subsidiary means a subsidiary corporation, as defined in Section 424(f) of the Code (or any successor section thereto), of the Company.
3.    Shares Subject to the Plan
     The total number of Shares which may be issued under the Plan is 67,264,573, of which no more than 30% may be issued in the form of Restricted Stock or Other Stock-Based Awards payable in Shares. The maximum aggregate number of Shares with respect to which Awards may be granted during a calendar year, net of any Shares which are subject to Awards (or portions thereof) which, during such year, terminate or lapse without payment of consideration, shall be equal to 1.5% of the number of Shares outstanding on December 31 of the preceding calendar year. The maximum number of Shares with respect to which Awards may be granted during a calendar year to any Participant shall be 896,860; provided that the maximum number of Shares that may be awarded in the form of Restricted Stock or Other Stock-Based Awards payable in Shares during any calendar year to any Participant shall be 269,058. The number of Shares available for issuance under the Plan shall be reduced by the full number of Shares covered by Awards granted under the Plan (including, without limitation, the full number of Shares covered by any Stock Appreciation Right, regardless of whether any such Stock Appreciation Right or other Award covering Shares under the Plan is ultimately settled in cash or by delivery of Shares); provided, however , that the number of Shares covered by Awards (or portions thereof) that are forfeited or that otherwise terminate or lapse without the payment of consideration in respect thereof shall again become available for issuance under the Plan; and provided further that any Shares that are forfeited after the actual issuance of such Shares to a Participant under the Plan shall not become available for re-issuance under the Plan.


 

     

5

4.    Administration
  (a)   The Plan shall be administered by the Committee, which may delegate its duties and powers in whole or in part to any subcommittee thereof consisting solely of at least two individuals who are intended to qualify as “independent directors” within the meaning of the New York Stock Exchange listed company rules, “Non-Employee Directors” within the meaning of Rule 16b-3 under the Act (or any successor rule thereto) and, to the extent required by Section 162(m) of the Code (or any successor section thereto), “outside directors” within the meaning thereof. In addition, the Committee may delegate the authority to grant Awards under the Plan to any employee or group of employees of the Company or an Affiliate; provided that such grants are consistent with guidelines established by the Committee from time to time.
 
  (b)   The Committee shall have the full power and authority to make, and establish the terms and conditions of, any Award to any person eligible to be a Participant, consistent with the provisions of the Plan and to waive any such terms and conditions at any time (including, without limitation, accelerating or waiving any vesting conditions). Awards may, in the discretion of the Committee, be made under the Plan in assumption of, or in substitution for, outstanding awards previously granted by the Company or its affiliates or a company acquired by the Company or with which the Company combines. The number of Shares underlying such substitute awards shall be counted against the aggregate number of Shares available for Awards under the Plan.
 
  (c)   The Committee is authorized to interpret the Plan, to establish, amend and rescind any rules and regulations relating to the Plan, and to make any other determinations that it deems necessary or desirable for the administration of the Plan, and may delegate such authority, as it deems appropriate. The Committee may correct any defect or supply any omission or reconcile any inconsistency in the Plan in the manner and to the extent the Committee deems necessary or desirable. Any decision of the Committee in the interpretation and administration of the Plan, as described herein, shall lie within its sole and absolute discretion and shall be final, conclusive and binding on all parties concerned (including, but not limited to, Participants and their beneficiaries or successors).
 
  (d)   The Committee shall require payment of any amount it may determine to be necessary to withhold for federal, state, local or other taxes as a result of the exercise, grant or vesting of an Award. Unless the Committee specifies otherwise, the Participant may elect to pay a portion or all of such withholding taxes by (a) delivery of Shares or (b) having Shares withheld by the Company with a Fair Market Value equal to the minimum statutory withholding rate from any Shares that would have otherwise been received by the Participant.


 

     

6

5.    Limitations
  (a)   No Award may be granted under the Plan after the fifth anniversary of the meeting of shareholders of the Company at which the Plan is approved, but Awards granted prior to such fifth anniversary may extend beyond that date.
 
  (b)   No Option or Stock Appreciation Right, once granted hereunder, may be repriced.
 
  (c)   With respect to any Awards granted to a Participant who is a non-employee member of the Board at the time of grant, such Awards shall be made pursuant to formulas established by the Board in advance of such grant. Any such Awards shall be made at the time such a Participant first becomes a member of the Board and, thereafter, on an annual basis at or following the annual meeting of stockholders. Such formulas may include any one or more of the following: (i) a fixed number of Options or Stock Appreciation Rights, (ii) a fixed number of Shares of Restricted Stock or a number of Shares of Restricted Stock determined by reference to a fixed dollar amount (calculated based on the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant), and (iii) Other Stock-Based Awards determined either by reference to a fixed number of Shares or to a fixed dollar amount (calculated based on the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant).
6.    Terms and Conditions of Options
     Options granted under the Plan shall be, as determined by the Committee, nonqualified or incentive stock options for federal income tax purposes, as evidenced by the related Award agreements, and shall be subject to the foregoing and the following terms and conditions and to such other terms and conditions, not inconsistent therewith, as the Committee shall determine, and as evidenced by the related Award agreement:
  (a)   Option Price . The Option Price per Share shall be determined by the Committee, but shall not be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date an Option is granted.
 
  (b)   Exercisability . Options granted under the Plan shall be exercisable at such time and upon such terms and conditions as may be determined by the Committee, but in no event shall an Option be exercisable more than ten years after the date it is granted, except as may be provided pursuant to Section 15.
 
  (c)   Exercise of Options . Except as otherwise provided in the Plan or in an Award agreement, an Option may be exercised for all, or from time to time any part, of the Shares for which it is then exercisable. For purposes of this Section 6, the exercise date of an Option shall be the date a notice


 

     

7

      of exercise is received by the Company, together with provision for payment of the full purchase price in accordance with this Section 6(c). The purchase price for the Shares as to which an Option is exercised shall be paid to the Company, as designated by the Committee, pursuant to one or more of the following methods: (i) in cash or its equivalent (e.g., by check); (ii) in Shares having a Fair Market Value equal to the aggregate Option Price for the Shares being purchased and satisfying such other requirements as may be imposed by the Committee; provided that such Shares have been held by the Participant for no less than six months (or such other period as established from time to time by the Committee in order to avoid adverse accounting treatment applying generally accepted accounting principles); (iii) partly in cash and partly in such Shares or (iv) if there is a public market for the Shares at such time, through the delivery of irrevocable instructions to a broker to sell Shares obtained upon the exercise of the Option and to deliver promptly to the Company an amount out of the proceeds of such Sale equal to the aggregate Option Price for the Shares being purchased. No Participant shall have any rights to dividends or other rights of a stockholder with respect to Shares subject to an Option until the Shares are issued to the Participant.
  (d)   ISOs . The Committee may grant Options under the Plan that are intended to be ISOs. Such ISOs shall comply with the requirements of Section 422 of the Code (or any successor section thereto). No ISO may be granted to any Participant who at the time of such grant, owns more than ten percent of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or of any Subsidiary, unless (i) the Option Price for such ISO is at least 110% of the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date the ISO is granted and (ii) the date on which such ISO terminates is a date not later than the day preceding the fifth anniversary of the date on which the ISO is granted. Any Participant who disposes of Shares acquired upon the exercise of an ISO either (i) within two years after the date of grant of such ISO or (ii) within one year after the transfer of such Shares to the Participant, shall notify the Company of such disposition and of the amount realized upon such disposition. All Options granted under the Plan are intended to be nonqualified stock options, unless the applicable Award agreement expressly states that the Option is intended to be an ISO. If an Option is intended to be an ISO, and if for any reason such Option (or portion thereof) shall not qualify as an ISO, then, to the extent of such nonqualification, such Option (or portion thereof) shall be regarded as a nonqualified stock option granted under the Plan; provided that such Option (or portion thereof) otherwise complies with the Plan’s requirements relating to nonqualified stock options. In no event shall any member of the Committee, the Company or any of its Affiliates (or their respective employees, officers or directors) have any liability to any Participant (or any other person) due to the failure of an Option to qualify for any reason as an ISO.


 

     

8

  (e)   Attestation . Wherever in this Plan or any agreement evidencing an Award a Participant is permitted to pay the exercise price of an Option or taxes relating to the exercise of an Option by delivering Shares, the Participant may, subject to procedures satisfactory to the Committee, satisfy such delivery requirement by presenting proof of beneficial ownership of such Shares, in which case the Company shall treat the Option as exercised without further payment and/or shall withhold such number of Shares from the Shares acquired by the exercise of the Option, as appropriate.
7.    Terms and Conditions of Stock Appreciation Rights
  (a)   Grants . The Committee may grant (i) a Stock Appreciation Right independent of an Option or (ii) a Stock Appreciation Right in connection with an Option, or a portion thereof. A Stock Appreciation Right granted pursuant to clause (ii) of the preceding sentence (A) may be granted at the time the related Option is granted or at any time prior to the exercise or cancellation of the related Option, (B) shall cover the same number of Shares covered by an Option (or such lesser number of Shares as the Committee may determine) and (C) shall be subject to the same terms and conditions as such Option except for such additional limitations as are contemplated by this Section 7 (or such additional limitations as may be included in an Award agreement).
 
  (b)   Terms . The exercise price per Share of a Stock Appreciation Right shall be an amount determined by the Committee but in no event shall such amount be less than the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date the Stock Appreciation Right is granted; provided , however , that notwithstanding the foregoing in the case of a Stock Appreciation Right granted in conjunction with an Option, or a portion thereof, the exercise price may not be less than the Option Price of the related Option. Each Stock Appreciation Right granted independent of an Option shall entitle a Participant upon exercise to an amount equal to (i) the excess of (A) the Fair Market Value on the exercise date of one Share over (B) the exercise price per Share, times (ii) the number of Shares covered by the Stock Appreciation Right. Each Stock Appreciation Right granted in conjunction with an Option, or a portion thereof, shall entitle a Participant to surrender to the Company the unexercised Option, or any portion thereof, and to receive from the Company in exchange therefor an amount equal to (i) the excess of (A) the Fair Market Value on the exercise date of one Share over (B) the Option Price per Share, times (ii) the number of Shares covered by the Option, or portion thereof, which is surrendered. Payment shall be made in Shares or in cash, or partly in Shares and partly in cash (any such Shares valued at such Fair Market Value), all as shall be determined by the Committee. Stock Appreciation Rights may be exercised from time to time upon actual receipt by the Company of written notice of exercise stating the number of Shares with respect to which the


 

     

9

      Stock Appreciation Right is being exercised. The date a notice of exercise is received by the Company shall be the exercise date. No fractional Shares will be issued in payment for Stock Appreciation Rights, but instead cash will be paid for a fraction or, if the Committee should so determine, the number of Shares will be rounded downward to the next whole Share. No Participant shall have any rights to dividends or other rights of a stockholder with respect to Shares covered by Stock Appreciation Rights until the Shares are issued to the Participant.
  (c)   Limitations . The Committee may impose, in its discretion, such conditions upon the exercisability of Stock Appreciation Rights as it may deem fit, but in no event shall a Stock Appreciation Right be exercisable more than ten years after the date it is granted, except as may be provided pursuant to Section 15.
8.    Restricted Stock
  (a)   Grant . Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Committee shall determine the number of Shares of Restricted Stock to be granted to each Participant, the duration of the period during which, and the conditions, if any, under which, the Restricted Stock may be forfeited to the Company, and the other terms and conditions of such Awards; provided that not less than 95% of the Shares of Restricted Stock shall remain subject to forfeiture for at least three years after the date of grant, subject to earlier termination of such potential for forfeiture in whole or in part in the event of a Change in Control or the death, disability or other termination of the Participant’s employment.
 
  (b)   Transfer Restrictions . Shares of Restricted Stock may not be sold, assigned, transferred, pledged or otherwise encumbered, except as provided in the Plan or the applicable Award agreement. Certificates, or other evidence of ownership, issued in respect of Shares of Restricted Stock shall be registered in the name of the Participant and deposited by such Participant, together with a stock power endorsed in blank, with the Company. After the lapse of the restrictions applicable to such Shares of Restricted Stock, the Company shall deliver such certificates, or other evidence of ownership, to the Participant or the Participant’s legal representative.
 
  (c)   Dividends . Dividends paid on any Shares of Restricted Stock may be paid directly to the Participant, withheld by the Company subject to vesting of the Restricted Shares pursuant to the terms of the applicable Award agreement, or may be reinvested in additional Shares of Restricted Stock, as determined by the Committee in its sole discretion.


 

     

10

  (d)   Performance-Based Grants . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, certain Shares of Restricted Stock granted under this Section 8 may, at the discretion of the Committee, be granted in a manner which is intended to be deductible by the Company under Section 162(m) of the Code (or any successor section thereto). The restrictions applicable to such Restricted Stock shall lapse based wholly or partially on the attainment of written performance goals approved by the Committee for a performance period established by the Committee (i) while the outcome for that performance period is substantially uncertain and (ii) no more than 90 days after the commencement of the performance period to which the performance goal relates or, if less, the number of days which is equal to 25 percent of the relevant performance period. The performance goals, which must be objective, shall be based upon one or more of the criteria set forth in Section 9(b) below. The Committee shall determine in its discretion whether, with respect to a performance period, the applicable performance goals have been met with respect to a given Participant and, if they have, shall so certify prior to the release of the restrictions on the Shares.
9.    Other Stock-Based Awards
  (a)   Generally . The Committee, in its sole discretion, may grant or sell Awards of Shares and Awards that are valued in whole or in part by reference to, or are otherwise based on the Fair Market Value of, Shares (“Other Stock-Based Awards”). Such Other Stock-Based Awards shall be in such form, and dependent on such conditions, as the Committee shall determine, including, without limitation, the right to receive, or vest with respect to, one or more Shares (or the equivalent cash value of such Shares) upon the completion of a specified period of service, the occurrence of an event and/or the attainment of performance objectives. Other Stock-Based Awards may be granted alone or in addition to any other Awards granted under the Plan. Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Committee shall determine the number of Shares to be awarded to a Participant under (or otherwise related to) such Other Stock-Based Awards; whether such Other Stock-Based Awards shall be settled in cash, Shares or a combination of cash and Shares; and all other terms and conditions of such Awards (including, without limitation, the vesting provisions thereof and provisions ensuring that all Shares so awarded and issued shall be fully paid and non-assessable). The maximum amount of Other Stock-Based Awards that may be granted during a calendar year to any Participant shall be: (x) with respect to Other Stock-Based Awards that are denominated or payable in Shares, 269,058 Shares and (y) with respect to Other Stock-Based Awards that are not denominated or payable in Shares, $10 million. Notwithstanding any other provision, with respect to (i) Other Stock-Based Awards settled in Shares that are subject to time-based vesting, not less than 95% of such Other Stock Based Awards


 

     

11

      payable in Shares shall vest and become payable at least three years after the date of grant, subject to earlier vesting in whole or in part in the event of a Change in Control or the death, disability or other termination of the Participant’s employment, and (ii) Other Stock-Based Awards settled in Shares that are subject to vesting upon the attainment of performance objectives, the minimum performance period shall be one year.
  (b)   Performance-Based Awards . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, certain Other Stock-Based Awards granted under this Section 9 may be granted in a manner which is intended to be deductible by the Company under Section 162(m) of the Code (or any successor section thereto) (“Performance-Based Awards”). A Participant’s Performance-Based Award shall be determined based on the attainment of written performance goals approved by the Committee for a performance period of not less than one year established by the Committee (i) while the outcome for that performance period is substantially uncertain and (ii) no more than 90 days after the commencement of the performance period to which the performance goal relates or, if less, the number of days which is equal to 25 percent of the relevant performance period. The performance goals, which must be objective, shall be based upon one or more of the following criteria: (i) operating income before depreciation and amortization; (ii) operating income; (iii) earnings per Share; (iv) return on shareholders’ equity; (v) revenues or sales; (vi) free cash flow; (vii) return on invested capital and (viii) total shareholder return. The foregoing criteria may relate to the Company, one or more of its Affiliates or one or more of its or their divisions or units, or any combination of the foregoing, and may be applied on an absolute basis and/or be relative to one or more peer group companies or indices, or any combination thereof, all as the Committee shall determine. In addition, to the degree consistent with Section 162(m) of the Code (or any successor section thereto), the performance goals may be calculated without regard to extraordinary items. The Committee shall determine whether, with respect to a performance period, the applicable performance goals have been met with respect to a given Participant and, if they have, shall so certify and ascertain the amount of the applicable Performance-Based Award. No Performance-Based Awards will be paid for such performance period until such certification is made by the Committee. The amount of the Performance-Based Award actually paid to a given Participant may be less than the amount determined by the applicable performance goal formula, at the discretion of the Committee. The amount of the Performance-Based Award determined by the Committee for a performance period shall be paid to the Participant at such time as determined by the Committee in its sole discretion after the end of such performance period; provided , however , that a Participant may, if and to the extent permitted by the Committee and consistent with the provisions of Section 162(m) of the Code and Section 19 below, elect to defer payment of a Performance-Based Award.


 

     

12

10.   Adjustments Upon Certain Events
     Notwithstanding any other provisions in the Plan to the contrary, the following provisions shall apply to all Awards granted under the Plan:
  (a)   Generally . In the event of any change in the outstanding Shares (including, without limitation, the value thereof) after the Effective Date by reason of any Share dividend or split, reorganization, recapitalization, merger, consolidation, spin-off, combination, combination or transaction or exchange of Shares or other corporate exchange, or any distribution to shareholders of Shares other than regular cash dividends or any transaction similar to the foregoing, the Committee in its sole discretion and without liability to any person shall make such substitution or adjustment, if any, as it deems to be equitable (subject to Section 19), as to (i) the number or kind of Shares or other securities issued or reserved for issuance pursuant to the Plan or pursuant to outstanding Awards, (ii) the maximum number of Shares for which Awards (including limits established for Restricted Stock or Other Stock-Based Awards) may be granted during a calendar year to any Participant, (iii) the Option Price or exercise price of any Stock Appreciation Right and/or (iv) any other affected terms of such Awards.
 
  (b)   Change in Control . In the event of a Change in Control after the Effective Date, the Committee may (subject to Section 19), but shall not be obligated to, (A) accelerate, vest or cause the restrictions to lapse with respect to, all or any portion of an Award, (B) cancel Awards for fair value (as determined in the sole discretion of the Committee) which, in the case of Options and Stock Appreciation Rights, may equal the excess, if any, of value of the consideration to be paid in the Change in Control transaction to holders of the same number of Shares subject to such Options or Stock Appreciation Rights (or, if no consideration is paid in any such transaction, the Fair Market Value of the Shares subject to such Options or Stock Appreciation Rights) over the aggregate exercise price of such Options or Stock Appreciation Rights, (C) provide for the issuance of substitute Awards that will substantially preserve the otherwise applicable terms of any affected Awards previously granted hereunder as determined by the Committee in its sole discretion or (D) provide that for a period of at least 30 days prior to the Change in Control, such Options shall be exercisable as to all shares subject thereto and that upon the occurrence of the Change in Control, such Options shall terminate and be of no further force and effect.


 

     

13

11.   No Right to Employment or Awards
     The granting of an Award under the Plan shall impose no obligation on the Company or any Affiliate to continue the Employment of a Participant and shall not lessen or affect the Company’s or Subsidiary’s right to terminate the Employment of such Participant. No Participant or other person shall have any claim to be granted any Award, and there is no obligation for uniformity of treatment of Participants, or holders of Awards. The terms and conditions of Awards and the Committee’s determinations and interpretations with respect thereto need not be the same with respect to each Participant (whether or not such Participants are similarly situated).
12.   Successors and Assigns
     The Plan shall be binding on all successors and assigns of the Company and a Participant, including without limitation, the estate of such Participant and the executor, administrator or trustee of such estate, or any receiver or trustee in bankruptcy or representative of the Participant’s creditors.
13.   Nontransferability of Awards
     Unless otherwise determined by the Committee (and subject to the limitation that in no circumstances may an Award may be transferred by the Participant for consideration or value), an Award shall not be transferable or assignable by the Participant otherwise than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution. An Award exercisable after the death of a Participant may be exercised by the legatees, personal representatives or distributees of the Participant.
14.   Amendments or Termination
     The Board or the Committee may amend, alter or discontinue the Plan, but no amendment, alteration or discontinuation shall be made, (a) without the approval of the shareholders of the Company, if such action would (except as is provided in Section 10 of the Plan), increase the total number of Shares reserved for the purposes of the Plan or increase the maximum number of Shares of Restricted Stock or Other Stock-Based Awards that may be awarded hereunder, or the maximum number of Shares for which Awards may be granted to any Participant, (b) without the consent of a Participant, if such action would diminish any of the rights of the Participant under any Award theretofore granted to such Participant under the Plan or (c) to Section 5(b), relating to repricing of Options or Stock Appreciation Rights, to permit such repricing; provided , however , that the Committee may amend the Plan in such manner as it deems necessary to permit the granting of Awards meeting the requirements of the Code or other applicable laws.
     Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, to the extent applicable, notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, this Plan and Awards issued hereunder shall be interpreted in accordance with Section 409A of the Code and Department of Treasury regulations and other interpretative guidance issued thereunder, including without limitation any such regulations or other guidance that may be issued after the Effective Date. Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, in the event that the Committee determines that any amounts payable hereunder will be taxable to a Participant under Section 409A of the Code and related Department of Treasury guidance, prior to payment to such Participant of such amount,


 

     

14

the Company may (a) adopt such amendments to the Plan and Awards and appropriate policies and procedures, including amendments and policies with retroactive effect, that the Committee determines necessary or appropriate to preserve the intended tax treatment of the benefits provided by the Plan and Awards hereunder and/or (b) take such other actions as the Committee determines necessary or appropriate to avoid the imposition of an additional tax under Section 409A of the Code.
15.   International Participants
     With respect to Participants who reside or work outside the United States of America and who are not (and who are not expected to be) “covered employees” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code, the Committee may, in its sole discretion, amend the terms of the Plan or Awards with respect to such Participants in order to conform such terms with the requirements of local law or to obtain more favorable tax or other treatment for a Participant, the Company or an Affiliate.
16.   Other Benefit Plans
     All Awards shall constitute a special incentive payment to the Participant and shall not be taken into account in computing the amount of salary or compensation of the Participant for the purpose of determining any benefits under any pension, retirement, profit-sharing, bonus, life insurance or other benefit plan of the Company or under any agreement between the Company and the Participant, unless such plan or agreement specifically provides otherwise.
17.   Choice of Law
     The Plan shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York without regard to conflicts of laws, and except as otherwise provided in the pertinent Award agreement, any and all disputes between a Participant and the Company or any Affiliate relating to an Award shall be brought only in a state or federal court of competent jurisdiction sitting in Manhattan, New York.
18.   Effectiveness of the Plan
     The Plan shall be effective as of the Effective Date, subject to the approval of the shareholders of the Company.
19.   Section 409A
     Notwithstanding other provisions of the Plan or any Award agreements thereunder, no Award shall be granted, deferred, accelerated, extended, paid out or modified under this Plan in a manner that would result in the imposition of an additional tax under Section 409A of the Code upon a Participant. In the event that it is reasonably determined by the Committee that, as a result of Section 409A of the Code, payments in respect of any Award under the Plan may not be made at the time contemplated by the terms of the Plan or the relevant Award agreement, as the case may be, without causing the Participant holding such Award to be


 

     

15

subject to taxation under Section 409A of the Code, the Company will make such payment on the first day that would not result in the Participant incurring any tax liability under Section 409A of the Code; which, if the Participant is a “specified employee” within the meaning of the Section 409A, shall be the first day following the six-month period beginning on the date of Participant’s termination of Employment. The Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to implement the provisions of this Section 19 in good faith; provided that neither the Company, the Committee nor any of the Company’s employees, directors or representatives shall have any liability to Participants with respect to this Section 19.

 

Exhibit 10.3
PSU Agreement
Version Bewkes 3 (BEW3)
For Use from February 2009
Performance Stock Units Agreement
General Terms and Conditions
     WHEREAS, the Company has adopted the Plan (as defined below), the terms of which are hereby incorporated by reference and made a part of this Agreement; and
     WHEREAS, the Committee has determined that it would be in the best interests of the Company and its stockholders to grant the performance stock units (the “ PSUs ”) provided for herein to the Participant pursuant to the Plan and the terms set forth herein.
     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants hereinafter set forth, the parties agree as follows:
1.   Definitions . Whenever the following terms are used in this Agreement, they shall have the meanings set forth below. Capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the same meanings as in the Plan.
  a)   Adjusted EPS ” means the Adjusted Earnings Per Share of a company for a designated period, generally a twelve-month period ending on a specified date, as reported by Bloomberg. As described on Bloomberg at February 6, 2009, this measure excludes the effects of one-time and extraordinary gains/losses, including: realized investment gains/losses, restructuring charges, non-recurring charges/gains, unusual charges/gains, reserve charges, large writedowns, spin-off/sell-off expenses, merger expenses, acquisition charges, sale of subsidiary expenses, forgiveness of debt, writedown of goodwill, ESOP charges, and acquired research and development costs.
 
  b)   Adjusted EPS Percentile ” means the percentile rank of the Company’s growth in Adjusted EPS from the beginning through the end of a specified measurement period (generally the Performance Period) relative to the growth in Adjusted EPS for the same period for each of the companies in the S&P 500 Index (the “ Index ”) at the beginning and throughout such measurement period; provided, however , that for purposes of measuring the Adjusted EPS Percentile, (i) the Index shall be deemed to include companies that were removed from the S&P 500 Index during the measurement period but that continued during the entire measurement period to have their shares listed on at least one of the NYSE, NASDAQ, American Stock Exchange, Boston Stock Exchange, Chicago Stock Exchange, National Stock Exchange (formerly Cincinnati Stock Exchange), NYSE Arca (formerly known as the Pacific Stock Exchange) or Philadelphia Stock Exchange; and (ii) Time Warner Cable Inc. shall not be considered to be part of the Index for

 


 

      measurement purposes even if it is included in the S&P 500 Index during some or all of the measurement period.
  c)   Cause means, “Cause” as defined in the Employment Agreement.
 
  d)   Disability means, “Disability” as defined in an employment agreement between the Company or any of its Affiliates and the Participant or, if not defined therein or if there shall be no such agreement, “disability” of the Participant shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in the Company’s long-term disability plan or policy, as in effect from time to time.
 
  e)   Division Change in Control ” means (i) a transfer by the Company or any Affiliate of the Participant’s Employment to a corporation, company or other entity whose financial results are not consolidated with those of the Company or (ii) a change in the ownership structure of the Affiliate with which the Participant has Employment such that the Affiliate’s financial results are no longer consolidated with those of the Company.
 
  f)   Employment Agreement means the Amended and Restated Employment Agreement dated December 11, 2007 between the Participant and the Company, as such employment agreement may be amended, superseded or replaced.
 
  g)   Notice of Grant of Performance Stock Units ” means (i) the Notice of Grant of Performance Stock Units that accompanies this Agreement, if this Agreement is delivered to the Participant in “hard copy,” and (ii) the screen of the website for the stock plan administration with the heading “Vesting Schedule and Details,” which contains the details of the grant governed by this Agreement, if this Agreement is delivered electronically to the Participant.
 
  h)   Participant ” means an individual to whom PSUs have been awarded pursuant to the Plan and shall have the same meaning as may be assigned to the terms “Holder” or “Participant” in the Plan.
 
  i)   Performance Level ” means the level of performance achieved by the Company during a measurement period (generally, the Performance Period) based on the TSR Percentile and the Adjusted EPS Percentile for such period, which shall determine the percentage of Target PSUs that will vest, as set forth in paragraph 4.
 
  j)   Performance Period ” means the period commencing and ending on the dates set forth in the Notice of Grant of Performance Stock Units.
 
  k)   Plan means the equity plan maintained by the Company that is specified in the Notice of Grant of Performance Stock Units, which has been provided to the Participant separately and which accompanies and forms a part of this Agreement, as such plan may be amended, supplemented or modified from time to time.

2


 

  l)   Retirement ” means a termination of employment by the Participant (i) following the attainment of age 55 with ten (10) or more years of service as an employee or a director with the Company or any Affiliate or (ii) pursuant to a retirement plan or early retirement program of the Company or any Affiliate.
 
  m)   Shares ” means shares of Common Stock of the Company.
 
  n)   Total Shareholder Return ” or “ TSR ” means a company’s total shareholder return, calculated based on stock price appreciation during a specified measurement period plus the value of dividends paid on such stock during the measurement period (which shall be deemed to have been reinvested in the underlying company’s stock effective the “ex-dividend” date based on the closing price for such company for purposes of measuring TSR).
 
  o)   TSR Percentile ” means the percentile rank of the TSR for the Shares during a specified measurement period (generally the Performance Period) relative to the TSR for each of the companies in the Index at the beginning and throughout such measurement period; provided, however , that for purposes of measuring the TSR Percentile, (i) the Index shall be deemed to include companies that were removed from the S&P 500 Index during the measurement period but that continued during the entire measurement period to have their shares listed on at least one of the NYSE, NASDAQ, American Stock Exchange, Boston Stock Exchange, Chicago Stock Exchange, National Stock Exchange (formerly Cincinnati Stock Exchange), NYSE Arca (formerly known as the Pacific Stock Exchange) or Philadelphia Stock Exchange; (ii) Time Warner Cable Inc. shall not be considered to be part of the Index for measurement purposes even if it is included in the S&P 500 Index during some or all of the measurement period; and (iii) the beginning and ending TSR values shall be calculated based on the average of the closing prices of the applicable company’s stock on the composite tape for the 30 trading days prior to and including the beginning or ending date, as applicable, of the measurement period.
 
  p)   Vesting Date ” means the vesting date set forth in the Notice of Grant of Performance Stock Units.
2.   Grant of Performance Stock Units . The Company hereby grants to the Participant (the “ Award ”), on the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth, the target number of PSUs (the “ Target PSUs ”) set forth in the Notice. Each PSU represents the unfunded, unsecured right of the Participant to receive a Share on the date(s) specified herein, subject to achievement of the relevant performance criteria. The Target PSUs represent the number of PSUs that will vest on the Vesting Date if the Company achieves the “Target” Performance Level for the Performance Period, and the Participant remains in Employment through the Vesting Date. PSUs do not constitute issued and outstanding shares of Common Stock for any corporate purposes and do not confer on the Participant any right to vote on matters that are submitted to a vote of holders of Shares.

3


 

3.   Dividend Equivalents and Retained Distributions . The Participant shall not be entitled to receive any dividend equivalent payments and the PSUs shall not otherwise be credited or adjusted to reflect any regular cash dividend on the Shares that is paid while the PSUs are outstanding hereunder. If on any date while PSUs are outstanding hereunder the Company shall pay any dividend other than a regular cash dividend or make any other distribution on the Shares, then, the Participant shall be credited with a bookkeeping entry equivalent to such dividend or distribution for each Target PSU held by the Participant on the record date for such dividend or distribution, but the Company shall retain custody of all such dividends and distributions (the “ Retained Distributions ”) unless the Board has in its sole discretion (and in a manner consistent with Section 19 of the Plan) determined that an amount equivalent to such dividend or distribution shall be paid currently to the Participant; provided , however , that if the Retained Distribution relates to a dividend paid in Shares, the Participant shall receive an additional amount of PSUs (i.e., by increasing the number of Target PSUs) equal to the product of (I) the aggregate number of Target PSUs held by the Participant pursuant to this Agreement through the related dividend record date, multiplied by (II) the number of Shares (including any fraction thereof) payable as a dividend on a Share. Retained Distributions will not bear interest and will be subject to the same restrictions as the PSUs to which they relate. Notwithstanding anything else contained in this paragraph 3, no payment of Retained Distributions shall occur before the first date on which a payment could be made without subjecting the Participant to tax under the provisions of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”).
4.   Vesting and Delivery of Vested Securities .
  a)   Subject to the terms and provisions of the Plan and this Agreement, on the Vesting Date, the Company shall issue or transfer to the Participant the number of Shares corresponding to the Performance Level achieved during the Performance Period and the Retained Distributions, if any, covered by the Award. Except as otherwise provided in paragraphs 5, 6 and 7, the vesting of such PSUs and any Retained Distributions relating thereto shall occur only if the Participant has continued in Employment of the Company or any of its Affiliates on the Vesting Date and has continuously been so employed since the Date of Grant (as defined in the Notice of Grant of Performance Stock Units). As of the Vesting Date, a percentage (between 0% and 200%) of the target number of PSUs shall vest as follows:
  (i)   If the Company’s TSR Percentile for the Performance Period is ranked at or above the 50 th percentile, then the percentage of the target number of PSUs that shall vest is based on the Company’s TSR Percentile during the Performance Period, as indicated in the table below;
 
  (ii)   If the Company’s TSR Percentile for the Performance Period is ranked below the 50 th percentile and the Adjusted EPS Percentile for the Performance Period is ranked at or above the 50 th percentile, then the percentage of the target number of PSUs that shall vest is the average of

4


 

(x) the percentage of the target number of PSUs that would vest based on the Company’s TSR Percentile during the Performance Period, as indicated in the table below, and (y) 100%; and
  (iii)   If the Company’s TSR Percentile for the Performance Period is ranked below the 50 th percentile and the Adjusted EPS Percentile for the Performance Period is ranked below the 50 th percentile, then the percentage of the target number of PSUs that shall vest is based on the Company’s TSR Percentile during the Performance Period, as indicated in the table below.
         
    Company TSR Percentile During   Percentage of Target
Performance Level   Performance Period   PSUs That Vest
Maximum
  The Company is ranked at the 100 th percentile   200%
 
       
Target
  The Company is ranked at the 50 th percentile   100%
 
       
Threshold
  The Company is ranked at the 25 th percentile   50%
 
       
Below Threshold
  The Company is ranked below the 25 th percentile   0%
      The percentage of Target PSUs that vest if the Company’s TSR Percentile during the Performance Period is between the “Threshold” and “Target” or between the “Target” and “Maximum” Performance Levels shall be determined by linear interpolation.
  b)   PSUs Extinguished . Upon each issuance or transfer of Shares in accordance with this Agreement, a number of PSUs equal to the number of Shares issued or transferred to the Participant shall be extinguished and such number of PSUs will not be considered to be held by the Participant for any purpose.
 
  c)   Final Issuance . Upon the final issuance or transfer of Shares and Retained Distributions, if any, to the Participant pursuant to this Agreement, in lieu of a fractional Share, the Participant shall receive a cash payment equal to the Fair Market Value of such fractional Share.
 
  d)   Section 409A . Notwithstanding anything else contained in this Agreement, no Shares or Retained Distributions shall be issued or transferred to a Participant before the first date on which a payment could be made without subjecting the Participant to tax under the provisions of Section 409A of the Code.
5.   Termination of Employment .
  (a)   If the Participant’s Employment with the Company and its Affiliates is terminated by the Participant for any reason other than those described in clauses (b), (c) and

5


 

(d) below prior to the Vesting Date, then the PSUs covered by the Award and all Retained Distributions relating thereto shall be completely forfeited on the date of any such termination, unless otherwise provided in an employment agreement between the Participant and the Company or an Affiliate.
  (b)   If the Participant’s Employment is terminated pursuant to Section 4.2 of the Employment Agreement, then the Participant shall remain entitled to receive the PSUs that would otherwise vest (if any) on the Vesting Date based on the actual Performance Level achieved for the full Performance Period, and any Retained Distributions relating thereto, and such PSUs shall become vested, and Shares subject to such PSUs shall be issued or transferred to the Participant on the Vesting Date.
  (c)   If the Participant’s Employment terminates as a result of his or her death prior to the end of the Performance Period, then the Company shall immediately issue or transfer to the Participant’s estate a pro rata portion of the number of Shares underlying the PSUs that would have vested (if any) if the Performance Period ended on the date of the Participant’s death plus all Retained Distributions relating thereto; provided, however , that in the event such termination of Employment due to death occurs prior to the first anniversary of the Date of Grant, then the pro rata number of PSUs that vest shall be based on the number of Target PSUs, without regard to the actual Performance Level achieved through such date. The pro rata amount of PSUs that shall vest upon the Participant’s death shall be determined by multiplying
  (x)   the full number of PSUs covered by the Award that would vest based on the actual Performance Level achieved through the date of death (or, in the case of death prior to the first anniversary of the Date of Grant, based on the number of Target PSUs) by;
  (y)   a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the number of days from the Date of Grant through the date of the Participant’s death, and the denominator of which shall be the number of days from the Date of Grant through the last day of the Performance Period.
If the product of (x) and (y) results in a fractional share, such fractional share shall be rounded to the next higher whole share.
      The PSUs and any Retained Distributions related thereto that do not vest as described above shall be completely forfeited.
  (d)   If the Participant terminates Employment due to Retirement or Disability, then the Participant shall remain entitled to receive a pro rata portion of the PSUs that would otherwise vest (if any) on the Vesting Date based on the actual Performance Level achieved for the full Performance Period, and any Retained Distributions relating thereto, and such pro rata portion of the PSUs shall become

6


 

      vested, and Shares subject to such PSUs shall be issued or transferred to the Participant on the Vesting Date as follows:
  (x)   the number of PSUs covered by the Award that would vest on the Vesting Date (based on the actual Performance Level achieved for the full Performance Period) multiplied by;
  (y)   a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the number of days from the Date of Grant through the date of such termination, and the denominator of which shall be the number of days from the Date of Grant through the last day of the Performance Period.
If the product of (x) and (y) results in a fractional share, such fractional share shall be rounded to the next higher whole share.
      The PSUs and any Retained Distributions related thereto that do not vest as described above shall be completely forfeited following the end of the Performance Period.
      For purposes of this paragraph 5, a temporary leave of absence shall not constitute a termination of Employment or a failure to be continuously employed by the Company or any Affiliate regardless of the Participant’s payroll status during such leave of absence if such leave of absence is approved in writing by the Company or any Affiliate. Notice of any such approved leave of absence should be sent to the Company at One Time Warner Center, New York, New York 10019, attention: Director, Global Stock Plans Administration, but such notice shall not be required for the leave of absence to be considered approved.
      In the event the Participant’s Employment with the Company or any of its Affiliates is terminated, the Participant shall have no claim against the Company with respect to the PSUs and related Retained Distributions, if any, other than as set forth in this paragraph 5, the provisions of this paragraph 5 being the sole remedy of the Participant with respect thereto.
6.   Acceleration of Vesting Date . Subject to paragraphs 4(d) and 7, in the event a Change in Control or a Division Change in Control occurs prior to the end of the Performance Period, the PSUs shall immediately vest and the Participant shall receive immediate payment in respect thereof determined as the sum of the following amounts:
  (x)   the number of PSUs covered by the Award that would have vested (if any) if the Performance Period ended on the date of the Change in Control or Division Change in Control (based on the actual Performance Level achieved through the date of the Change in Control or Division Change in Control) multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the number of days from the Date of Grant through the date of such Change in Control or Division Change in Control, and the denominator of which

7


 

      shall be the number of days from the Date of Grant through the last day of the Performance Period;
  (y)   the number of Target PSUs multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the number of days from the date of such Change in Control or Division Change in Control through the last day of the Performance Period, and the denominator of which shall be the number of days from the Date of Grant through the last day of the Performance Period; and
  (z)   all related Retained Distributions.
      If the sum of the amounts above would result in a fractional share, such fractional share shall be rounded to the next higher whole share.
7.   Limitation on Acceleration . Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary in the Plan or this Agreement, if the Payment (as hereinafter defined) due to the Participant hereunder as a result of the acceleration of vesting of the PSUs pursuant to paragraph 6 of this Agreement, either alone or together with all other Payments received or to be received by the Participant from the Company or any of its Affiliates (collectively, the “ Aggregate Payments ”), or any portion thereof, would be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code (or any successor thereto), the following provisions shall apply:
  a)   If the net amount that would be retained by the Participant after all taxes on the Aggregate Payments are paid would be greater than the net amount that would be retained by the Participant after all taxes are paid if the Aggregate Payments were limited to the largest amount that would result in no portion of the Aggregate Payments being subject to such excise tax, the Participant shall be entitled to receive the Aggregate Payments.
  b)   If, however, the net amount that would be retained by the Participant after all taxes were paid would be greater if the Aggregate Payments were limited to the largest amount that would result in no portion of the Aggregate Payments being subject to such excise tax, the Aggregate Payments to which the Participant is entitled shall be reduced to such largest amount.
    The term “ Payment ” shall mean any transfer of property within the meaning of Section 280G of the Code.
    The determination of whether any reduction of Aggregate Payments is required and the timing and method of any such required reduction in Payments under this Agreement or in any such other Payments otherwise payable by the Company or any of its Affiliates consistent with any such required reduction, shall be made by the Participant, including whether any portion of such reduction shall be applied against any cash or any shares of stock of the Company or any other securities or property to which the Participant would

8


 

      otherwise have been entitled under this Agreement or under any such other Payments, and whether to waive the right to the acceleration of the Payment due under this Agreement or any portion thereof or under any such other Payments or portions thereof, and all such determinations shall be conclusive and binding on the Company and its Affiliates. To the extent that Payments hereunder or any such other Payments are not paid as a consequence of the limitation contained in this paragraph 7, then the PSUs and Retained Distributions related thereto (to the extent not so accelerated) and such other Payments (to the extent not vested) shall be deemed to remain outstanding and shall be subject to the provisions hereof and of the Plan as if no acceleration or vesting had occurred. Under such circumstances, if the Participant’s Employment is terminated pursuant to Section 4.2 of the Employment Agreement, the portion of PSUs affected by the limitation under this paragraph 7 and Retained Distributions related thereto (to the extent that they have not already become vested) shall become immediately vested in their entirety upon such termination and Shares subject to the PSUs shall be issued or transferred to the Participant, as soon as practicable following such termination of Employment, subject to the provisions relating to Section 4999 of the Code set forth herein.
      The Company shall promptly pay, upon demand by the Participant, all legal fees, court costs, fees of experts and other costs and expenses which the Participant incurred in any actual, threatened or contemplated contest of the Participant’s interpretation of, or determination under, the provisions of this paragraph 7.
8.   Withholding Taxes . The Participant agrees that,
  a)   Obligation to Pay Withholding Taxes . Upon the vesting of any portion of the Award of PSUs and the Retained Distributions relating thereto, the Participant will be required to pay to the Company any applicable Federal, state, local or foreign withholding tax due as a result of such payment or vesting. The Company’s obligation to deliver the Shares subject to the PSUs or to pay any Retained Distributions shall be subject to such payment. The Company and its Affiliates shall, to the extent permitted by law, have the right to deduct from the Shares issued in connection with the vesting of PSUs or the Retained Distributions, as applicable, or any payment of any kind otherwise due to the Participant any Federal, state, local or foreign withholding taxes due with respect to such vesting or payment.
  b)   Payment of Taxes with Stock . Subject to the Committee’s right to disapprove any such election and require the Participant to pay the required withholding tax in cash, the Participant shall have the right to elect to pay the required withholding tax associated with a vesting with Shares to be received upon vesting. Unless the Company shall permit another valuation method to be elected by the Participant, Shares used to pay any required withholding taxes shall be valued at the closing price of a Share as reported on the New York Stock Exchange Composite Tape on the date the withholding tax becomes due (hereinafter called the “Tax Date”). Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if a Participant

9


 

      who is required to pay the required withholding tax in cash fails to do so within the time period established by the Company, then the Participant shall be deemed to have elected to pay such withholding taxes with Shares to be received upon vesting. Elections must be made in conformity with conditions established by the Committee from time to time.
  c)   Conditions to Payment of Taxes with Stock . Any election to pay withholding taxes with stock must be made on or prior to the Tax Date and will be irrevocable once made.
9.   Changes in Capitalization and Government and Other Regulations . The Award shall be subject to all of the terms and provisions as provided in this Agreement and in the Plan, which are incorporated by reference herein and made a part hereof, including, without limitation, the provisions of Section 10 of the Plan (generally relating to adjustments to the number of Shares subject to the Award, upon certain changes in capitalization and certain reorganizations and other transactions).
10.   Forfeiture . A breach of any of the foregoing restrictions or a breach of any of the other restrictions, terms and conditions of the Plan or this Agreement, with respect to any of the PSUs or any Retained Distributions relating thereto, except as waived by the Board or the Committee, will cause a forfeiture of such PSUs and any Retained Distributions relating thereto.
11.   Right of Company to Terminate Employment . Nothing contained in the Plan or this Agreement shall confer on any Participant any right to continue in the employ of the Company or any of its Affiliates and the Company and any such Affiliate shall have the right to terminate the Employment of the Participant at any such time, with or without Cause, notwithstanding the fact that some or all of the PSUs and related Retained Distributions covered by this Agreement may be forfeited as a result of such termination. The granting of the PSUs under this Agreement shall not confer on the Participant any right to any future Awards under the Plan.
12.   Notices . Any notice which either party hereto may be required or permitted to give the other shall be in writing and may be delivered personally or by mail, postage prepaid, addressed to Time Warner Inc., at One Time Warner Center, New York, NY 10019, Attention: Director, Global Stock Plans Administration, and to the Participant at his or her address, as it is shown on the records of the Company or its Affiliate, or in either case to such other address as the Company or the Participant, as the case may be, by notice to the other may designate in writing from time to time.
13.   Interpretation and Amendments . The Board and the Committee (to the extent delegated by the Board) have plenary authority to interpret this Agreement and the Plan, to prescribe, amend and rescind rules relating thereto and to make all other determinations in connection with the administration of the Plan. The Board or the Committee may from time to time modify or amend this Agreement in accordance with

10


 

    the provisions of the Plan, provided that no such amendment shall adversely affect the rights of the Participant under this Agreement without his or her consent.
14.   Successors and Assigns . This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Company and its successors and assigns, and shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Participant and his or her legatees, distributees and personal representatives.
15.   Copy of the Plan . By entering into the Agreement, the Participant agrees and acknowledges that he or she has received and read a copy of the Plan.
16.   Governing Law . The Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York without regard to any choice of law rules thereof which might apply the laws of any other jurisdiction.
17.   Waiver of Jury Trial . To the extent not prohibited by applicable law which cannot be waived, each party hereto hereby waives, and covenants that it will not assert (whether as plaintiff, defendant or otherwise), any right to trial by jury in any forum in respect of any suit, action, or other proceeding arising out of or based upon this Agreement.
18.   Submission to Jurisdiction; Service of Process . Each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably submits to the jurisdiction of the state courts of the State of New York and the jurisdiction of the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York for the purposes of any suit, action or other proceeding arising out of or based upon this Agreement. Each of the parties hereto to the extent permitted by applicable law hereby waives, and agrees not to assert, by way of motion, as a defense, or otherwise, in any such suit, action or proceeding brought in such courts, any claim that it is not subject personally to the jurisdiction of the above-named courts, that its property is exempt or immune from attachment or execution, that such suit, action or proceeding in the above-referenced courts is brought in an inconvenient forum, that the venue of such suit, action or proceedings, is improper or that this Agreement may not be enforced in or by such court. Each of the parties hereto hereby consents to service of process by mail at its address to which notices are to be given pursuant to paragraph 12 hereof.
19.   Personal Data . The Company, the Participant’s local employer and the local employer’s parent company or companies may hold, collect, use, process and transfer, in electronic or other form, certain personal information about the Participant for the exclusive purpose of implementing, administering and managing the Participant’s participation in the Plan. Participant understands that the following personal information is required for the above named purposes: his/her name, home address and telephone number, office address (including department and employing entity) and telephone number, e-mail address, date of birth, citizenship, country of residence at the time of grant, work location country, system employee ID, employee local ID, employment status (including international status code), supervisor (if applicable), job code, title, salary, bonus target and bonuses paid (if applicable), termination date and reason, tax payer’s identification number, tax equalization code, US Green Card holder status, contract type

11


 

      (single/dual/multi), any shares of stock or directorships held in the Company, details of all grants of PSUs (including number of grants, grant dates, vesting type, vesting dates, and any other information regarding PSUs that have been granted, canceled, vested, or forfeited) with respect to the Participant, estimated tax withholding rate, brokerage account number (if applicable), and brokerage fees (the “ Data ”). Participant understands that Data may be collected from the Participant directly or, on Company’s request, from Participant’s local employer. Participant understands that Data may be transferred to third parties assisting the Company in the implementation, administration and management of the Plan, including the brokers approved by the Company, the broker selected by the Participant from among such Company-approved brokers (if applicable), tax consultants and the Company’s software providers (the “ Data Recipients ”). Participant understands that some of these Data Recipients may be located outside the Participant’s country of residence, and that the Data Recipient’s country may have different data privacy laws and protections than the Participant’s country of residence. Participant understands that the Data Recipients will receive, possess, use, retain and transfer the Data, in electronic or other form, for the purposes of implementing, administering and managing the Participant’s participation in the Plan, including any requisite transfer of such Data as may be required for the administration of the Plan and/or the subsequent holding of Shares on the Participant’s behalf by a broker or other third party with whom the Participant may elect to deposit any Shares acquired pursuant to the Plan. Participant understands that Data will be held only as long as necessary to implement, administer and manage the Participant’s participation in the Plan. Participant understands that Data may also be made available to public authorities as required by law, e.g., to the U.S. government. Participant understands that the Participant may, at any time, review Data and may provide updated Data or corrections to the Data by written notice to the Company. Except to the extent the collection, use, processing or transfer of Data is required by law, Participant may object to the collection, use, processing or transfer of Data by contacting the Company in writing. Participant understands that such objection may affect his/her ability to participate in the Plan. Participant understands that he/she may contact the Company’s Stock Plan Administration to obtain more information on the consequences of such objection.

12

EXHIBIT 10.4
EXECUTION COPY
FIRST AMENDMENT AGREEMENT
     This First Amendment Agreement (this “ Agreement ”) is entered into as of March 11, 2009, by and among Lehman Commercial Paper Inc., a debtor and debtor in possession under chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code (as defined below) (the “ Exiting Lender ”), the Lenders party hereto, Citibank, N.A., in its capacity as the Administrative Agent under the Credit Agreement referred to below, Time Warner Inc. (“ Time Warner ”) and Time Warner International Finance Limited (together with Time Warner, the “ Borrowers ”). Defined terms in the Credit Agreement referred to below have the same meanings where used herein, unless otherwise defined.
RECITALS
     WHEREAS, the Borrowers, the Administrative Agent, the Lenders party thereto (including the Exiting Lender) and certain other parties thereto have entered into the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of July 8, 2002, as amended and restated as of February 17, 2006 (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified, the “ Credit Agreement ”);
     WHEREAS, on October 5, 2008, the Exiting Lender commenced a voluntary case under chapter 11 of title 11 of the United States Code (the “ Bankruptcy Code ”) and on such date, pursuant to section 362(a) of the Bankruptcy Code, an automatic stay went into effect that prohibits actions to interfere with, or obtain possession or control of, the Exiting Lender’s property or to collect or recover from the Exiting Lender any debts or claims that arose before such date;
     WHEREAS, the Borrowers and the Exiting Lender have agreed to terminate the Exiting Lender’s Commitment and have requested that the Administrative Agent and the other Lenders agree to certain amendments to the Credit Agreement in connection therewith; and
     WHEREAS, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders party hereto, constituting at least the Required Lenders, have agreed to such termination and such requested amendments, subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement;
     NOW, THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which hereby are acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:
     1.  Commitment Termination; Related Adjustments.
     (a) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Section 2.08 of the Credit Agreement, on the First Amendment Effective Date (as defined below) the Commitment of the Exiting Lender, whether used or unused, shall be reduced to zero ($0.00) (the “ Commitment Termination ”), without any increase or decrease in the Commitment (or, if applicable, the Yen Commitment) of any other Lender and without any obligation on the part of the Borrowers to prepay, in connection therewith, the Specified Lehman Loans (as defined below). From and after the First Amendment Effective Date, the Exiting Lender shall have no further obligation to fund any amount or extend any credit under the Credit Documents.
     (b) Immediately following the Commitment Termination, (i) the Applicable Percentage of the Exiting Lender shall automatically be reduced to zero percent (0%), and the Applicable Percentage of each other Lender shall automatically be increased ratably such that the sum of the Applicable Percentages of Lenders other than the Exiting Lender shall total one

 


 

hundred percent (100%) and (ii) the Yen Exposure, the LC Exposure and the Swingline Exposure of the Exiting Lender shall automatically be reduced to zero ($0.00), and the Yen Exposure, the LC Exposure and the Swingline Exposure of each other Lender shall automatically be increased to give effect to the increase in the Applicable Percentage of such Lender.
     (c) Revolving Loans of the Exiting Lender outstanding on the First Amendment Effective Date (such Revolving Loans, whether held by the Exiting Lender or any assignee thereof, being referred to as the “ Specified Lehman Loans ”) shall, notwithstanding the Commitment Termination, continue to constitute “Revolving Loans” and “Loans” that are part of one or more applicable “Borrowings” for all purposes of the Credit Agreement and the Guarantee, and shall be due and payable, and shall bear interest, as specified in the Credit Agreement; provided , however , that any portion of the Specified Lehman Loans that is repaid or prepaid, whether on account of any mandatory or voluntary prepayment or otherwise, may not be reborrowed. For the avoidance of doubt, any prepayment of a Revolving Borrowing made pursuant to the Credit Agreement shall be applied to the Specified Lehman Loans included therein, if any, ratably.
     (d) For purposes of Sections 2.01(a), 2.01(b), 2.04(a), 2.05(b), 2.08(a) and 2.19, the total Revolving Credit Exposures shall be determined without giving regard to the outstanding principal amount of the Specified Lehman Loans.
     2.  Concerning Fees.
     (a) The Exiting Lender shall be entitled to the Facility Fee, the Utilization Fee and the Letter of Credit Fee accrued for its account through but excluding the First Amendment Effective Date, which fees shall be payable to the Exiting Lender as provided in the Credit Agreement.
     (b) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Credit Agreement, from and after the First Amendment Effective Date the Exiting Lender shall not be entitled to any Utilization Fee.
     (c) For the avoidance of doubt, (i) the Exiting Lender, and any assignee thereof that shall hold any Specified Lehman Loans, shall be entitled to the Facility Fee in respect of its Revolving Credit Exposure consisting of the outstanding principal amount of such Specified Lehman Loans as provided in Section 2.11(a) of the Credit Agreement and (ii) from and after the First Amendment Effective Date, the Exiting Lender shall not be entitled to any Letter of Credit Fee.
     3.  Certain Other Amendments.
     (a) Section 1.01 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended to add the following defined terms in the appropriate alphabetical order:
     “ First Amendment Agreement ” means the First Amendment Agreement dated as of March 11, 2009, by and among Lehman Commercial Paper Inc., a debtor and debtor in possession under chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code, the Borrowers, the Administrative Agent and the other Lenders party thereto.

2


 

     “ Specified Lehman Loans ” has the meaning set forth in the First Amendment Agreement.
     (b) Section 9.04(c) of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended to revise the first sentence thereof in its entirety as follows:
“The Administrative Agent, acting for this purpose as an agent of the Borrowers, shall maintain at one of its offices in The City of New York a copy of each Assignment and Acceptance delivered to it and a register for the recordation of the names and addresses of the Lenders, and the Commitment of, and principal amount of the Loans (identifying whether any such Loans are Specified Lehman Loans) and LC Disbursements owing to, each Lender pursuant to the terms hereof from time to time (the “ Register ”).”
     4.  Certain Confirmations and Agreements.
     (a) The parties hereto hereby confirm that the Exiting Lender and, where applicable, its Related Parties shall continue to be entitled to the benefits of Section 2.14 ( Increased Costs ), Section 2.15 ( Break Funding Payments ), Section 2.16 ( Taxes ) and Section 9.03 ( Expenses; Indemnity; Damage Waiver ) of the Credit Agreement in accordance with the terms thereof. The parties hereto further confirm that, for purposes of the definition of the term “Required Lenders”, neither the Exiting Lender, nor any assignee thereof, shall be deemed to have a Commitment solely as a result of holding any Specified Lehman Loans.
     (b) The Exiting Lender hereby agrees that, following the Commitment Termination, it shall not acquire any Commitment under the Credit Agreement without the prior written consent of Time Warner and the Administrative Agent.
     (c) The parties hereto hereby confirm that the Exiting Lender shall be entitled to assign its Revolving Loans in accordance with Section 9.04 ( Successors and Assigns ) of the Credit Agreement without any reinstatement of its Commitment.
     5.  Representations and Warranties .
     (a) The Exiting Lender hereby represents and warrants that it is legally authorized to enter into this Agreement, and this Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by the Exiting Lender and constitutes its legal, valid and binding obligation, enforceable in accordance with its terms.
     (b) Each of the Borrowers hereby represents and warrants that (i) it is legally authorized to enter into this Agreement, and this Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by such Borrower and constitutes its legal, valid and binding obligation, enforceable in accordance with its terms, (ii) as of the date hereof, no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and (iii) the representations and warranties set forth in Article III of the Credit Agreement (other than those set forth in Sections 3.04(c), 3.06 and 3.10) and in the other Credit Documents are true and correct in all material respects on and as of the date hereof, with the same effect as though made on and as of the date hereof, except to the extent such representations and warranties expressly relate to an earlier date, in which case such representations and warranties were true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier date.

3


 

     6.  Conditions Precedent to Effectiveness . This Agreement shall become effective as of the date set forth above (the “ First Amendment Effective Date ”) on the date on which:
     (a) the Administrative Agent (or its counsel) shall have received (i) a counterpart of this Agreement signed on behalf of the Exiting Lender, each of the Borrowers and the Lenders (other than the Exiting Lender) representing at least the Required Lenders or (ii) evidence satisfactory to the Administrative Agent (which may include a facsimile transmission) that each such party has signed a counterpart of this Agreement; and
     (b) the Exiting Lender shall have received from the Borrowers payment, free and clear of any recoupment or set-off, in immediately available funds, of all out-of-pocket costs and expenses (including reasonable fees, charges and other disbursements of counsel) incurred by the Exiting Lender in connection with this Agreement, to the extent such costs and expenses have been invoiced at least two Business Days prior to the First Amendment Effective Date.
     7.  Costs and Expenses. The Borrowers shall reimburse the Exiting Lender for all reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred by the Exiting Lender in connection with any actions taken by it pursuant to this Agreement.
     8.  Release . Each of the Borrowers hereby unconditionally and irrevocably waives all claims, suits, debts, liens, losses, causes of action, demands, rights, damages or costs, or expenses of any kind, character or nature whatsoever, known or unknown, fixed or contingent, which any of them may have or claim to have against the Exiting Lender (in its capacity as a Lender) or its agents, employees, officers, affiliates, directors, representatives, attorneys, successors and assigns (collectively, the “ Released Parties ” and each individually, a “ Released Party ”) to the extent arising out of or in connection with the Credit Documents, including, without limitation, any failure to fund any amounts thereunder (collectively, the “ Claims ”). Each of the Borrowers further agrees forever to refrain from commencing, instituting or prosecuting any lawsuit, action or other proceeding against any Released Parties with respect to any and all of the foregoing described waived, released, acquitted and discharged Claims and from exercising any right of recoupment or setoff that it may have under a master netting agreement or otherwise against any Released Party with respect to Obligations under the Credit Documents. Each of the Released Parties shall be a third party beneficiary of this Agreement.
     9.  Effect of Agreement . The parties hereto acknowledge that the Exiting Lender shall have no obligation to provide any further financial accommodations to or for the benefit of the Borrowers or any of their Affiliates pursuant to the Credit Documents.
     10.  Successors and Assigns . This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the successors and permitted assigns of the Exiting Lender, the Lenders and the Borrowers.
     11.  Limitation . Each party hereto hereby agrees that this Agreement (a) does not impose on the Exiting Lender affirmative obligations or indemnities not already existing as of the date of its petition commencing its proceeding under chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code, and that could give rise to administrative expense claims, and (b) is not inconsistent with the terms of the Credit Agreement.
     12.  Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all of which taken together shall be one and the same

4


 

instrument. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Agreement by facsimile shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Agreement.
     13.  Severability. Any provision of this Agreement held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability without affecting the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions hereof; and the invalidity of a particular provision in a particular jurisdiction shall not invalidate such provision in any other jurisdiction.
     14.  Headings . The paragraph headings used in this Agreement are for convenience only and shall not affect the interpretation of any of the provisions hereof.
     15.  Interpretation . This Agreement shall constitute a Credit Document for the purposes of the Credit Agreement and the other Credit Documents.
     16.  Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Consent to Service of Process.
     (a) This Agreement shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the law of the State of New York.
     (b) Each party to this Agreement hereby irrevocably and unconditionally submits, for itself and its property, to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Supreme Court of the State of New York sitting in New York County and of the United States District Court of the Southern District of New York, and any appellate court from any thereof, in any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement, or for recognition or enforcement of any judgment, and each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agrees that all claims in respect of any such action or proceeding shall be heard and determined in such New York State or, to the extent permitted by law, in such Federal court. Each of the parties hereto agrees that a final judgment in any such action or proceeding shall be conclusive and may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by law.
     (c) Each party to this Agreement hereby irrevocably and unconditionally waives, to the fullest extent it may legally and effectively do so, any objection which it may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement in any court referred to in paragraph (b) of this Section 16. Each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the defense of an inconvenient forum to the maintenance of such action or proceeding in any such court.
     (d) Each party to this Agreement irrevocably consents to service of process in the manner provided for notices in Section 9.01 of the Credit Agreement. Nothing in this Agreement will affect the right of any party to this Agreement to serve process in any other manner permitted by law.
     17.  WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL. EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT OR ANY OTHER THEORY). EACH PARTY HERETO (A) CERTIFIES THAT NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF

5


 

ANY OTHER PARTY HERETO HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PARTY WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER AND (B) ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT AND THE OTHER PARTIES HERETO HAVE BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION 17.
[Signature page follows]

6


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed as of the date first written above.
         
  LEHMAN COMMERCIAL PAPER, INC.,
as Exiting Lender
 
 
  By:   /s/ Ahuva Schwager    
    Name:   Ahuva Schwager   
    Title:   Authorized Signatory   
 
  TIME WARNER INC. ,
as Borrower
 
 
  By:   /s/ Edward B. Ruggiero    
    Name:   Edward B. Ruggiero   
    Title:   Senior Vice President and Treasurer   
 
  Executed and Delivered as a Deed by:

TIME WARNER INTERNATIONAL FINANCE LIMITED ,
as Borrower, acting by two directors
 
 
  By:   /s/ Stephen N. Kapner    
    Name:   Stephen N. Kapner   
    Title:   Director   
 
     
  By:   /s/ Tracey Waring-Mundy    
    Name:   Tracey Waring-Mundy   
    Title:   Director   

 


 

         
  CITIBANK, N.A.,
as Administrative Agent and a Lender
 
 
  By:   /s/ Carolyn Kee    
    Name:   Carolyn Kee   
    Title:   Vice President   
 
     
  By:   /s/ Carolyn Kee    
    Name:   Carolyn Kee   
    Title:   Vice President   

 


 

         
  J.P. Morgan Chase Bank, N.A .
as Lender
 
 
  By:   /s/ Tina L. Ruyter    
    Name:   Tina L. Ruyter   
    Title:   Vice President   
 
  Bank of America, N.A. ,
as Lender
 
 
  By:   /s/ Todd Shipley    
    Name:   Todd Shipley   
    Title:   Senior Vice President   
 
  The Bank of Tokyo-Mitsubishi UFJ, Ltd., New York Branch ,
as Lender
 
 
  By:   /s/ Jose Carlos    
    Name:   Jose Carlos   
    Title:   Authorized Signatory   
 
  BNP Paribas ,
as Lender
 
 
  By:   /s/ Nuala Marley    
    Name:   Nuala Marley   
    Title:   Managing Director   
 
     
  By:   /s/ Maria Bliznakova    
    Name:   Maria Bliznakova   
    Title:   Vice President   

 


 

         
  DEUTSCHE BANK AG NEW YORK BRANCH
as Co-Documentation Agent and as a Lender
 
 
  By:   /s/ Anca Trifan    
    Name:   Anca Trifan   
    Title:   Director   
 
     
  By:   /s/ Oliver Schwarz    
    Name:   Oliver Schwarz   
    Title:   Director   
 
  BARCLAYS BANK PLC
as Lender
 
 
  By:   /s/ David Barton    
    Name:   David Barton   
    Title:   Director   
 
  Calyon New York Branch ,
as Lender
 
 
  By:   /s/ Pria Vrat    
    Name:   Pria Vrat   
    Title:   Director   
 
     
  By:   /s/ Mischa Zabotin    
    Name:   Mischa Zabotin   
    Title:   Managing Director   
 
  HSBC Bank USA, National Association
as Lender
 
 
  By:   /s/ Thomas T. Rogers    
    Name:   Thomas T. Rogers   
    Title:   Senior Vice President   

 


 

         
  The Royal Bank of Scotland plc,
as Lender
 
 
  By:   /s/ Vincent Fitzgerald    
    Name:   Vincent Fitzgerald   
    Title:   Managing Director   
 
  Sumitomo Mitsui Banking Corporation,
as Lender
 
 
  By:   /s/ Yoshihiro Hyakutome    
    Name:   Yoshihiro Hyakutome   
    Title:   General Manager   
 
  Wachovia Bank N.A.,
as Lender
 
 
  By:   /s/ Joe Mynatt    
    Name:   Joe Mynatt   
    Title:   Director   
 
  ABN AMRO Bank N.V.,
as Lender
 
 
  By:   /s/ David Carrington    
    Name:   David Carrington   
    Title:   Director   
 
     
  By:   /s/ Suneel Gill    
    Name:   Suneel Gill   
    Title:   Assistant Vice President   
 
  THE BANK OF NOVA SCOTIA,
as Lender
 
 
  By:   /s/ Thane Rattew    
    Name:   Thane Rattew   
    Title:   Managing Director   

 


 

         
  Dresdner Bank AG New York Branch,
as Lender
 
 
  By:   /s/ Brian Smith    
    Name:   Brian Smith   
    Title:   Managing Director   
 
     
  By:   /s/ Mark McGuigan    
    Name:   Mark McGuigan   
    Title:   Vice President   
 
  MIZUHO CORPORATE BANK, LTD.,
as Lender
 
 
  By:   /s/ Raymond Ventura    
    Name:   Raymond Ventura   
    Title:   Deputy General Manager   
 
  THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON,
as Lender
 
 
  By:   /s/ Thomas J. Tarasovich, Jr.    
    Name:   Thomas J. Tarasovich, Jr.   
    Title:   Vice President   
 
  CREDIT SUISSE, CAYMAN ISLANDS BRANCH
as Lender
 
 
  By:   /s/ Shaheen Malik    
    Name:   Shaheen Malik   
    Title:   Vice President   
 
     
  By:   /s/ Christopher Reo Day    
    Name:   Christopher Reo Day   
    Title:   Associate   

 


 

         
  Fortis Bank SA/NV, New York Branch,
as Lender
 
 
  By:   /s/ Barbara Nash    
    Name:   Barbara Nash   
    Title:   Managing Director & Group Head   
 
     
  By:   /s/ John Sullivan    
    Name:   John Sullivan   
    Title:   Managing Director   
 
  MORGAN STANLEY BANK, N.A.,
as Lender
 
 
  By:   /s/ Melissa James    
    Name:   Melissa James   
    Title:   Authorized Signatory   
 
  MERRILL LYNCH BANK USA,
as Lender
 
 
  By:   /s/ Louis Alder    
    Name:   Louis Alder   
    Title:   First Vice President   
 
  Lloyds TSB Bank plc,
as Lender
 
 
  By:   /s/ Deborah Carlson    
    Name:   Deborah Carlson   
    Title:   Director, Corporate Banking – USA   
 
     
  By:   /s/ Windsor Davies    
    Name:   Windsor Davies   
    Title:   Managing Director, Corporate Banking – USA   

 


 

         
  William Street Credit Corporation,
as Lender
 
 
  By:   /s/ Mark Walton    
    Name:   Mark Walton   
    Title:   Assistant Vice President   
 
  Svenska Handelsbanken (publ)
as Lender
 
 
  By:   /s/ Mats Eriksson    
    Name:   Mats Eriksson   
    Title:   Vice President   
 
     
  By:   /s/ Richard Johnson    
    Name:   Richard Johnson   
    Title:   Senior Vice President   
 
  Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited,
as Lender
 
 
  By:   /s/ John W. Wade    
    Name:   John W. Wade   
    Title:   Deputy General Manager
Head of Operations and Infrastructure 
 
 
  GOLDMAN SACHS CREDIT PARTNERS, L.P.,
as Lender
 
 
  By:   /s/ Andrew Caditz    
    Name:   Andrew Caditz   
    Title:   Authorized Signatory   
 

 

EXHIBIT 10.5
EXECUTION COPY
SECOND AMENDMENT AGREEMENT
     This Second Amendment Agreement (this “ Agreement ”) is entered into as of March 11, 2009, by and among Time Warner Inc. (“ Time Warner ”), Time Warner International Finance Limited (together with Time Warner, the “ Borrowers ”), Citibank, N.A., in its capacity as the Administrative Agent under the Credit Agreement referred to below (in such capacity, the “ Administrative Agent ”), and the Lenders party hereto. Defined terms in the Credit Agreement referred to below have the same meanings where used herein, unless otherwise defined.
RECITALS
     WHEREAS, the Borrowers, the Administrative Agent, the Lenders party thereto and certain other parties thereto have entered into the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of July 8, 2002, as amended and restated as of February 17, 2006 (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified, the “ Credit Agreement ”);
     WHEREAS, substantially concurrently herewith the Borrowers, the Administrative Agent, Lehman Commercial Paper Inc. (“ Lehman ”), a debtor and debtor in possession under chapter 11 of title 11 of the United States Code, and the other Lenders party thereto are entering into the First Amendment Agreement dated as of March 11, 2009 (the “ First Amendment ”), pursuant to which the Credit Agreement will be amended to terminate the Commitment of Lehman and to make certain other modifications relating thereto;
     WHEREAS, the Borrowers have requested that the Administrative Agent and the Lenders agree to certain amendments to the Credit Agreement that would, among other things, permit Time Warner to terminate the Commitment (and, if applicable, the Yen Commitment) of any other Lender that shall have become a Defaulting Lender on terms substantially similar to those applicable to Lehman pursuant to the First Amendment; and
     WHEREAS, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders party hereto, constituting at least the Required Lenders, have agreed to such requested amendments, subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement;
     NOW, THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which hereby are acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:
     1.  Amendments to the Credit Agreement.
     (a) Section 1.01 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended as follows:
     (i) The definition of the term “Defaulting Lender” in Section 1.01 of the Credit Agreement is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:
     “ Defaulting Lender ” means any Lender that (a) shall have failed to fund any portion of its Loans as part of any Borrowing within three Business Days of the date required to be funded by it hereunder (unless (i) such Lender and at least one other Lender shall have notified the Administrative Agent and the Borrowers in writing of its good faith determination that a condition to its obligation to make a Loan as part of such Borrowing shall not have been satisfied and (ii) Lenders representing a majority

 


 

in interest of the Commitments (or, if applicable, the Yen Commitments) shall not have advised the Administrative Agent in writing of their determination that such condition has been satisfied), (b) shall have failed to fund any portion of its participation in any Letter of Credit drawing or any Yen Loan or Swingline Loan within three Business Days of the date required to be funded by it hereunder, (c) shall have notified the Administrative Agent (or shall have notified any Borrower, any Swingline Lender or any Issuing Bank, which shall in turn have notified the Administrative Agent) in writing that it does not intend or is unable to comply with its funding obligations under this Agreement, or shall have made a public statement to the effect that it does not intend or is unable to comply with such funding obligations or its funding obligations under other credit or similar agreements to which it is a party, (d) shall have failed (but not for fewer than three Business Days) after a request by the Administrative Agent (whether acting on its own behalf or at the reasonable request of any Borrower (it being understood that the Administrative Agent shall comply with any such reasonable request)) to confirm that it will comply with its obligations to make Loans and fund participations in Letter of Credit drawings and Yen Loans and Swingline Loans hereunder, (e) shall have become the subject of a bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding, or shall have taken any action in furtherance of, or indicating its consent to, approval of or acquiescence in any such proceeding or (f) shall have had a receiver, conservator, trustee or custodian appointed for it, or shall have taken any action in furtherance of, or indicating its consent to, approval of or acquiescence in any such appointment, or shall have a parent company that has become the subject of a bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding, or has had a receiver, conservator, trustee or custodian appointed for it, or has taken any action in furtherance of, or indicating its consent to, approval of or acquiescence in, any such proceeding or appointment.
     (ii) The definition of the term “Eligible Assignee” is hereby amended to insert at the end thereof the following:
; provided , however , that no Lender that is or at any time was a Defaulting Lender shall be an Eligible Assignee, unless consented to in writing by Time Warner and the Administrative Agent.
     (iii) The definition of the term “Revolving Credit Exposure” is hereby amended to insert at the end thereof the following:
For purposes of Sections 2.01(a), 2.01(b), 2.04(a), 2.05(b), 2.08(a) and 2.19 of this Agreement, the total Revolving Credit Exposures shall be determined without giving regard to the outstanding principal amount of the Specified Loans.
     (iv) The following new definition is hereby added in appropriate alphabetical order:
     “ Specified Loans ” means (a) the Specified Lehman Loans and (b) all the Loans of any Defaulting Lender outstanding at the time the Commitment (or, in the case of any such Loans that are Yen Loans, the Yen Commitment) of such Defaulting Lender is terminated or reduced pursuant to Section 2.18(b), but only to the extent the aggregate principal amount of such

2


 

Loans (or such Yen Loans) exceeds, immediately after giving effect to such termination or reduction, the Commitment (or the Yen Commitment) of such Defaulting Lender. Any Loan, or any portion thereof, that is a Specified Loan shall continue as a Specified Loan for all purposes hereof notwithstanding an assignment of all or any portion thereof to any Person pursuant to Section 9.04.
     (b) Section 2.08 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by adding the following new paragraph (c) at the end thereof:
     (c) Time Warner may terminate or reduce the Commitment and the Yen Commitment of any Defaulting Lender as provided in Section 2.18(b). The provisions of the preceding paragraphs of this Section 2.08 shall not apply to any such termination or reduction made pursuant to Section 2.18(b).
     (c) Section 2.18 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended (i) to amend and restate the Section heading thereof in its entirety to read “SECTION 2.18. Mitigation Obligations; Replacement of Lenders; Defaulting Lenders .” and (ii) to amend and restate in its entirety paragraph (b) thereof as follows:
     (b) If (i) any Lender requests compensation under Section 2.14, (ii) any Borrower is required to pay any additional amount to any Lender or any Governmental Authority for the account of any Lender pursuant to Section 2.16 or (iii) any Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender hereunder, then Time Warner may, at its sole expense and effort, upon notice to such Lender and the Administrative Agent, (A) require such Lender to assign and delegate, without recourse (in accordance with and subject to the restrictions contained in Section 9.04), all its interests, rights and obligations under this Agreement to an assignee that shall assume such obligations (which assignee may be another Lender, if a Lender accepts such assignment) or (B) only in the case of clause (iii) above, terminate as a whole, or reduce in part, the Commitment (and, if applicable, the Yen Commitment), whether used or unused, of such Lender; provided that (I) in the case of any such assignment and delegation pursuant to clause (A) above, (x) Time Warner shall have received the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent (and, if a Commitment is being assigned, each Swingline Lender and the Issuing Banks), which consent, in each case, shall not be unreasonably withheld, (y) such Lender shall have received payment of an amount equal to the outstanding principal of its Loans, participations in LC Disbursements and Swingline Loans, accrued interest thereon, accrued fees and all other amounts payable to it hereunder, from the assignee (to the extent of such outstanding principal and accrued interest and fees) or the Borrowers (in the case of all other amounts) and (z) in the case of any such assignment resulting from a claim for compensation under Section 2.14 or payments required to be made pursuant to Section 2.16, such assignment will be made to a Lender reasonably expected to result in a reduction in the compensation or payments to be paid by the Borrowers pursuant to such sections; and (II) in the case of any termination or reduction pursuant to clause (B) above, (x) Time Warner shall have notified such Lender and the Administrative Agent of such termination or reduction (including the amount thereof), (y) at the time thereof, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing and (z) after giving effect thereto, including the adjustment to the Applicable Percentage of each Lender resulting therefrom, and to any concurrent prepayment of the Loans in accordance

3


 

with Section 2.10, the Revolving Credit Exposure of any Lender (excluding any portion thereof attributable to the Specified Loans of such Lender) shall not exceed the Commitment of such Lender. A Lender shall not be required to make any such assignment and delegation under clause (A) above if, prior thereto, as a result of a waiver by such Lender or otherwise, the circumstances entitling Time Warner to require such assignment and delegation cease to apply. It is understood and agreed that (i) upon any termination or reduction of the Commitment or the Yen Commitment of any Defaulting Lender under clause (B) above, the Applicable Percentage of such Lender and each other Lender shall at such time automatically adjust in accordance with the definition of the term “Applicable Percentage”, including for purposes of determining the Yen Exposure, the LC Exposure and the Swingline Exposure at such time of such Lender and each other Lender, (ii) a termination or reduction of the Commitment or the Yen Commitment of any Defaulting Lender under clause (B) above shall not require a prepayment of any Loan of such Lender then outstanding, and each such Loan shall continue to be outstanding as part of the applicable Borrowing in accordance with the terms hereof and (iii) any Specified Loans that are repaid or prepaid shall not be reborrowed. In the event that any Lender shall have become a Defaulting Lender (other than solely under clause (f) of the definition of such term) and either the Lender shall not have made an assignment and delegation pursuant to clause (A) above or the Commitment of such Lender shall not have been terminated pursuant to clause (B) above within 20 days after receipt by Time Warner of a notice from the Administrative Agent that such Lender has become a Defaulting Lender, then, upon the written request of any Issuing Bank or any Swingline Lender, Time Warner shall deposit, within 5 Business Days after its receipt of such request, in a cash collateral account opened by the Administrative Agent, cash in an amount requested in such notice, such amount not to exceed (i) in the case of any such request made by an Issuing Bank, the LC Exposure of such Defaulting Lender at the time of such request attributable to the Letters of Credit issued by such Issuing Bank and (ii) in the case of any such request made by a Swingline Lender, the Swingline Exposure of such Defaulting Lender at the time of such request attributable to the Swingline Loans made by such Swingline Lender. Amounts so deposited at the request of any Issuing Bank or any Swingline Lender shall be applied by the Administrative Agent to reimburse such Issuing Bank or such Swingline Lender for any participations required to be funded by such Defaulting Lender. In the event amounts so deposited with respect to any such Defaulting Lender for the benefit of any Issuing Bank or any Swingline Lender exceed the LC Exposure of such Defaulting Lender attributable to the Letters of Credit issued by such Issuing Bank or the Swingline Exposure of such Defaulting Lender attributable to the Swingline Loans made by such Swingline Lender, as the case may be, the Administrative Agent shall give prompt notice thereof to Time Warner and, unless otherwise specified in writing by Time Warner, shall promptly return to Time Warner cash in an amount of such excess.
     (d) Section 9.04(c) of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended to revise the first sentence thereof in its entirety as follows:
The Administrative Agent, acting for this purpose as an agent of the Borrowers, shall maintain at one of its offices in The City of New York a copy of each Assignment and Acceptance delivered to it and a register for the recordation of the names and addresses of the Lenders, and the Commitment of, and principal amount of the Loans

4


 

(identifying whether any such Loans are Specified Loans) and LC Disbursements owing to, each Lender pursuant to the terms hereof from time to time (the “ Register ”).
     2.  Representations and Warranties. Each of the Borrowers hereby represents and warrants that (a) it is legally authorized to enter into this Agreement, and this Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by such Borrower and constitutes its legal, valid and binding obligation, enforceable in accordance with its terms, (b) as of the date hereof, no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and (c) the representations and warranties set forth in Article III of the Credit Agreement (other than those set forth in Sections 3.04(c), 3.06 and 3.10) and in the other Credit Documents are true and correct in all material respects on and as of the date hereof, with the same effect as though made on and as of the date hereof, except to the extent such representations and warranties expressly relate to an earlier date, in which case such representations and warranties were true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier date.
     3.  Conditions Precedent to Effectiveness. This Agreement shall become effective as of the date set forth above (the “ Second Amendment Effective Date ”) on the date on which the Administrative Agent (or its counsel) shall have received (a) a counterpart of this Agreement signed on behalf of each of the Borrowers and the Lenders representing at least the Required Lenders or (b) evidence satisfactory to the Administrative Agent (which may include a facsimile transmission) that each such party has signed a counterpart of this Agreement.
     4.  Effect of Agreement .
     (a) Except as expressly set forth herein, this Agreement shall not by implication or otherwise limit, impair, constitute a waiver of or otherwise affect the rights and remedies of the Lenders or the Administrative Agent under the Credit Agreement or any other Credit Document, and shall not alter, modify, amend or in any way affect any of the terms, conditions, obligations, covenants or agreements contained in the Credit Agreement or any other Credit Document, all of which shall continue in full force and effect. Nothing herein shall be deemed to entitle any Credit Party to a consent to, or a waiver, amendment, modification or other change of, any of the terms, conditions, obligations, covenants or agreements contained in the Credit Agreement or any other Credit Document in similar or different circumstances.
     (b) On and after the Second Amendment Effective Date, each reference in the Credit Agreement to “this Agreement”, “hereunder”, “hereof”, “herein” or words of like import, and each reference to the Credit Agreement in any other Credit Document, shall be deemed to be a reference to the Credit Agreement as amended hereby. In the event the First Amendment shall become effective, in accordance with the terms thereof, after the Second Amendment Effective Date, then, notwithstanding the actual timing of effectiveness of this Agreement and the First Amendment, the First Amendment shall be deemed, for purposes of this Agreement, to have become effective prior to the effectiveness of this Agreement.
     5.  Successors and Assigns . This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the successors and permitted assigns of the Lenders and the Borrowers.
     6.  Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all of which taken together shall be one and the same instrument. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Agreement by facsimile shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Agreement.

5


 

     7.  Severability. Any provision of this Agreement held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability without affecting the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions hereof; and the invalidity of a particular provision in a particular jurisdiction shall not invalidate such provision in any other jurisdiction.
     8.  Headings . The paragraph headings used in this Agreement are for convenience only and shall not affect the interpretation of any of the provisions hereof.
     9.  Interpretation . This Agreement shall constitute a Credit Document for the purposes of the Credit Agreement and the other Credit Documents.
     10.  Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Consent to Service of Process.
     (a) This Agreement shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the law of the State of New York.
     (b) Each party to this Agreement hereby irrevocably and unconditionally submits, for itself and its property, to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Supreme Court of the State of New York sitting in New York County and of the United States District Court of the Southern District of New York, and any appellate court from any thereof, in any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement, or for recognition or enforcement of any judgment, and each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agrees that all claims in respect of any such action or proceeding shall be heard and determined in such New York State or, to the extent permitted by law, in such Federal court. Each of the parties hereto agrees that a final judgment in any such action or proceeding shall be conclusive and may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by law.
     (c) Each party to this Agreement hereby irrevocably and unconditionally waives, to the fullest extent it may legally and effectively do so, any objection which it may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement in any court referred to in paragraph (b) of this Section 10. Each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the defense of an inconvenient forum to the maintenance of such action or proceeding in any such court.
     (d) Each party to this Agreement irrevocably consents to service of process in the manner provided for notices in Section 9.01 of the Credit Agreement. Nothing in this Agreement will affect the right of any party to this Agreement to serve process in any other manner permitted by law.
     11.  WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL. EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT OR ANY OTHER THEORY). EACH PARTY HERETO (A) CERTIFIES THAT NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY OTHER PARTY HERETO HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PARTY WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER AND (B) ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT AND THE OTHER

6


 

PARTIES HERETO HAVE BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION 11.
[Signature page follows]

7


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed as of the date first written above.
         
  TIME WARNER INC. ,
as Borrower
 
 
  By:   /s/ Edward B. Ruggiero    
    Name:   Edward B. Ruggiero   
    Title:   Senior Vice President and Treasurer  
 
  Executed and Delivered as a Deed by:  
 
  TIME WARNER INTERNATIONAL FINANCE LIMITED ,
as Borrower, acting by two directors
 
 
  By:   /s/ Stephen N. Kapner    
    Name:   Stephen N. Kapner   
    Title:   Director   
 
     
  By:   /s/ Tracey Waring-Mundy    
    Name:   Tracey Waring-Mundy   
    Title:   Director   

 


 

         
         
  CITIBANK, N.A.,
as Administrative Agent and a Lender
 
 
  By:   /s/ Carolyn Kee    
    Name:   Carolyn Kee   
    Title:   Vice President   
 
     
  By:   /s/ Carolyn Kee    
    Name:   Carolyn Kee   
    Title:   Vice President   

 


 

         
         
  J.P. Morgan Chase Bank, N.A .
as Lender
 
 
  By:   /s/ Tina L. Ruyter    
    Name:   Tina L. Ruyter   
    Title:   Vice President   
 
  Bank of America, N.A. ,
as Lender
 
 
  By:   /s/ Todd Shipley    
    Name:   Todd Shipley   
    Title:   Senior Vice President   
 
  The Bank of Tokyo-Mitsubishi UFJ, Ltd., New York Branch ,
as Lender
 
 
  By:   /s/ Jose Carlos    
    Name:   Jose Carlos   
    Title:   Authorized Signatory   
 
  BNP Paribas ,
as Lender
 
 
  By:   /s/ Nuala Marley    
    Name:   Nuala Marley   
    Title:   Managing Director   
 
     
  By:   /s/ Maria Bliznakova    
    Name:   Maria Bliznakova   
    Title:   Vice President   

 


 

         
         
  DEUTSCHE BANK AG NEW YORK BRANCH
as Co-Documentation Agent and as a Lender
 
 
  By:   /s/ Anca Trifan    
    Name:   Anca Trifan   
    Title:   Director   
 
     
  By:   /s/ Oliver Schwarz    
    Name:   Oliver Schwarz   
    Title:   Director   
 
  BARCLAYS BANK PLC
as Lender
 
 
  By:   /s/ David Barton    
    Name:   David Barton   
    Title:   Director   
 
  Calyon New York Branch ,
as Lender
 
 
  By:   /s/ Pria Vrat    
    Name:   Pria Vrat   
    Title:   Director   
 
     
  By:   /s/ Mischa Zabotin    
    Name:   Mischa Zabotin   
    Title:   Managing Director   
 
  HSBC Bank USA, National Association
as Lender
 
 
  By:   /s/ Thomas T. Rogers    
    Name:   Thomas T. Rogers   
    Title:   Senior Vice President   

 


 

         
         
  The Royal Bank of Scotland plc,
as Lender
 
 
  By:   /s/ Vincent Fitzgerald    
    Name:   Vincent Fitzgerald   
    Title:   Managing Director   
 
  Sumitomo Mitsui Banking Corporation,
as Lender
 
 
  By:   /s/ Yoshihiro Hyakutome    
    Name:   Yoshihiro Hyakutome   
    Title:   General Manager   
 
  Wachovia Bank, N.A.,
as Lender
 
 
  By:   /s/ Joe Mynatt    
    Name:   Joe Mynatt   
    Title:   Director   
 
  ABN AMRO Bank N.V.,
as Lender
 
 
  By:   /s/ David Carrington    
    Name:   David Carrington   
    Title:   Director   
 
     
  By:   /s/ Suneel Gill    
    Name:   Suneel Gill   
    Title:   Assistant Vice President   
 
  THE BANK OF NOVA SCOTIA,
as Lender
 
 
  By:   /s/ Thane Rattew    
    Name:   Thane Rattew   
    Title:   Managing Director   

 


 

         
         
  Dresdner Bank AG New York Branch,
as Lender
 
 
  By:   /s/ Brian Smith    
    Name:   Brian Smith   
    Title:   Managing Director   
 
     
  By:   /s/ Mark McGuigan    
    Name:   Mark McGuigan   
    Title:   Vice President   
 
  MIZUHO CORPORATE BANK, LTD.,
as Lender
 
 
  By:   /s/ Raymond Ventura    
    Name:   Raymond Ventura   
    Title:   Deputy General Manager   
 
  THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON,
as Lender
 
 
  By:   /s/ Thomas J. Tarasovich, Jr.    
    Name:   Thomas J. Tarasovich, Jr.   
    Title:   Vice President   
 
  CREDIT SUISSE, CAYMAN ISLANDS BRANCH
as Lender
 
 
  By:   /s/ Shaheen Malik    
    Name:   Shaheen Malik   
    Title:   Vice President   
 
     
  By:   /s/ Christopher Reo Day    
    Name:   Christopher Reo Day   
    Title:   Associate   

 


 

         
         
  Fortis Bank SA/NV, New York Branch,
as Lender
 
 
  By:   /s/ Barbara Nash    
    Name:   Barbara Nash   
    Title:   Managing Director & Group Head   
 
     
  By:   /s/ John Sullivan    
    Name:   John Sullivan   
    Title:   Managing Director   
 
  MORGAN STANLEY BANK, N.A.,
as Lender
 
 
  By:   /s/ Melissa James    
    Name:   Melissa James   
    Title:   Authorized Signatory   
 
  MERRILL LYNCH BANK USA,
as Lender
 
 
  By:   /s/ Louis Alder    
    Name:   Louis Alder   
    Title:   First Vice President   
 
  Lloyds TSB Bank plc,
as Lender
 
 
  By:   /s/ Deborah Carlson    
    Name:   Deborah Carlson   
    Title:   Director, Corporate Banking – USA   
 
     
  By:   /s/ Windsor Davies    
    Name:   Windsor Davies   
    Title:   Managing Director, Corporate Banking – USA   

 


 

         
         
  William Street Credit Corporation,
as Lender
 
 
  By:   /s/ Mark Walton    
    Name:   Mark Walton   
    Title:   Assistant Vice President   
 
  Svenska Handelsbanken (publ)
as Lender
 
 
  By:   /s/ Mats Eriksson    
    Name:   Mats Eriksson   
    Title:   Vice President   
 
     
  By:   /s/ Richard Johnson    
    Name:   Richard Johnson   
    Title:   Senior Vice President   
 
  Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited,
as Lender
 
 
  By:   /s/ John W. Wade    
    Name:   John W. Wade   
    Title:   Deputy General Manager
Head of Operations and Infrastructure 
 
 
  GOLDMAN SACHS CREDIT PARTNER, L.P.,
as Lender
 
 
  By:   /s/ Andrew Caditz    
    Name:   Andrew Caditz   
    Title:   Authorized Signatory   
 

 

EXHIBIT 31.1
CERTIFICATIONS
I, Jeffrey L. Bewkes, certify that:
  1.   I have reviewed this quarterly report on Form 10-Q of Time Warner Inc.;
 
  2.   Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
 
  3.   Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
 
  4.   The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
     (a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
     (b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
     (c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
     (d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and
  5.   The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
     (a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
     (b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.
         
     
Date: April 29, 2009  By:   /s/ Jeffrey L. Bewkes   
    Name:   Jeffrey L. Bewkes   
    Title:   Chief Executive Officer
Time Warner Inc. 
 
 

 

EXHIBIT 31.2
CERTIFICATIONS
I, John K. Martin, Jr., certify that:
  1.   I have reviewed this quarterly report on Form 10-Q of Time Warner Inc.;
 
  2.   Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
 
  3.   Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
 
  4.   The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
     (a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
     (b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
     (c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
     (d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and
  5.   The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
     (a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
     (b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.
         
     
Date: April 29, 2009  By:   /s/ John K. Martin, Jr.   
    Name:   John K. Martin, Jr.   
    Title:   Chief Financial Officer
Time Warner Inc. 
 
 

 

EXHIBIT 32
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
     In connection with the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of Time Warner Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), for the quarter ended March 31, 2009, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), each of the undersigned officers of the Company certifies pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that, to his respective knowledge:
     1. the Report fully complies, in all material respects, with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and
     2. the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.
Date: April 29, 2009
         
     
  /s/ Jeffrey L. Bewkes    
  Jeffrey L. Bewkes   
  Chief Executive Officer
Time Warner Inc. 
 
 
Date: April 29, 2009
         
     
  /s/ John K. Martin, Jr.    
  John K. Martin, Jr.   
  Chief Financial Officer
Time Warner Inc.